Yamaha EZ-250i El manual del propietario

Categoría
Instrumentos musicales
Tipo
El manual del propietario
Install KEYBOARDMANIA to your computer (see page 3 and 60) and connect it to the EZ-250i by an USB
cable then play musical games and learn songs.
2
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
PLEASE KEEP THIS MANUAL
This product utilizes batteries or an external power supply (adapter). DO NOT
connect this product to any power supply or adapter other than one described
in the manual, on the name plate, or specifically recommended by Yamaha.
This product should be used only with the components supplied or; a cart,
rack, or stand that is recommended by Yamaha. If a cart, etc., is used, please
observe all safety markings and instructions that accompany the accessory
product.
SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE:
The information contained in this manual is believed to be correct at the time
of printing. However, Yamaha reserves the right to change or modify any of
the specifications without notice or obligation to update existing units.
This product, either alone or in combination with an amplifier and head-
phones or speaker/s, may be capable of producing sound levels that could
cause permanent hearing loss. DO NOT operate for long periods of time at a
high volume level or at a level that is uncomfortable. If you experience any
hearing loss or ringing in the ears, you should consult an audiologist.
IMPORTANT: The louder the sound, the shorter the time period before dam-
age occurs.
NOTICE:
Service charges incurred due to a lack of knowledge relating to how a func-
tion or effect works (when the unit is operating as designed) are not covered
by the manufacturer’s warranty, and are therefore the owners responsibility.
Please study this manual carefully and consult your dealer before requesting
service.
ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES:
Yamaha strives to produce products that are both user safe and environmen-
tally friendly. We sincerely believe that our products and the production meth-
ods used to produce them, meet these goals. In keeping with both the letter
and the spirit of the law, we want you to be aware of the following:
Battery Notice:
This product MAY contain a small non-rechargeable battery which (if applica-
ble) is soldered in place. The average life span of this type of battery is
approximately five years. When replacement becomes necessary, contact a
qualified service representative to perform the replacement.
This product may also use “household” type batteries. Some of these may be
rechargeable. Make sure that the battery being charged is a rechargeable
type and that the charger is intended for the battery being charged.
When installing batteries, do not mix batteries with new, or with batteries of a
different type. Batteries MUST be installed correctly. Mismatches or incorrect
installation may result in overheating and battery case rupture.
Warning:
Do not attempt to disassemble, or incinerate any battery. Keep all batteries
away from children. Dispose of used batteries promptly and as regulated by
the laws in your area. Note: Check with any retailer of household type batter-
ies in your area for battery disposal information.
Disposal Notice:
Should this product become damaged beyond repair, or for some reason its
useful life is considered to be at an end, please observe all local, state, and
federal regulations that relate to the disposal of products that contain lead,
batteries, plastics, etc. If your dealer is unable to assist you, please contact
Yamaha directly.
NAME PLATE LOCATION:
The name plate is located on the bottom of the product. The model number,
serial number, power requirements, etc., are located on this plate. You should
record the model number, serial number, and the date of purchase in the
spaces provided below and retain this manual as a permanent record of your
purchase.
Model
Serial No.
Purchase Date
SPECIAL MESSAGE SECTION
92-BP (bottom)
1. IMPORTANT NOTICE: DO NOT MODIFY THIS UNIT!
This product, when installed as indicated in the instructions contained in
this manual, meets FCC requirements. Modifications not expressly
approved by Yamaha may void your authority, granted by the FCC, to use
the product.
2. IMPORTANT: When connecting this product to accessories and/or
another product use only high quality shielded cables. Cable/s supplied
with this product MUST be used. Follow all installation instructions. Failure
to follow instructions could void your FCC authorization to use this product
in the USA.
3. NOTE: This product has been tested and found to comply with the
requirements listed in FCC Regulations, Part 15 for Class “B” digital
devices. Compliance with these requirements provides a reasonable level
of assurance that your use of this product in a residential environment will
not result in harmful interference with other electronic devices. This equip-
ment generates/uses radio frequencies and, if not installed and used
according to the instructions found in the users manual, may cause inter-
ference harmful to the operation of other electronic devices. Compliance
with FCC regulations does not guarantee that interference will not occur in
all installations. If this product is found to be the source of interference,
which can be determined by turning the unit “OFF” and “ON”, please try to
eliminate the problem by using one of the following measures:
Relocate either this product or the device that is being affected by the
interference.
Utilize power outlets that are on different branch (circuit breaker or fuse)
circuits or install AC line filter/s.
In the case of radio or TV interference, relocate/reorient the antenna. If the
antenna lead-in is 300 ohm ribbon lead, change the lead-in to co-axial
type cable.
If these corrective measures do not produce satisfactory results, please
contact the local retailer authorized to distribute this type of product. If you
can not locate the appropriate retailer, please contact Yamaha Corpora-
tion of America, Electronic Service Division, 6600 Orangethorpe Ave,
Buena Park, CA90620
The above statements apply ONLY to those products distributed by
Yamaha Corporation of America or its subsidiaries.
FCC INFORMATION (U.S.A.)
* This applies only to products distributed by YAMAHA CORPORATION OF AMERICA.
(class B)
Entsorgung leerer Batterien (nur innerhalb Deutschlands)
Leisten Sie einen Beitrag zum Umweltschutz. Verbrauchte Batterien oder
Akkumulatoren dürfen nicht in den Hausmüll. Sie können bei einer Sam-
melstelle für Altbatterien bzw. Sondermüll abgegeben werden. Informieren
Sie sich bei Ihrer Kommune.
(battery)
OBSERVERA!
Apparaten kopplas inte ur växelströmskällan (nätet) sá länge som den ar
ansluten till vägguttaget, även om själva apparaten har stängts av.
ADVARSEL: Netspæendingen til dette apparat er IKKE afbrudt, sálæenge
netledningen siddr i en stikkontakt, som er t endt — ogsá selvom der or
slukket pá apparatets afbryder.
VAROITUS: Laitteen toisiopiiriin kytketty käyttökytkin ei irroita koko laitetta
verkosta.
(standby)
3
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
1
Software License Agreement
Yamaha Corporation (Yamaha) permits you use the Keyboardmania
Yamaha Edition (Software) conditioned on your acceptance of this
agreement. The Software includes all associated contents, all printed
materials and all electronic documentation. Use of this Software will
be taken to mean acceptance of this agreement, so please read the
following terms carefully before you use the Software.
1. Copyright and permission for use
Yamaha grants you as an individual the right to use the Software on
only one computer at any single time. The ownership of the disk on
which the Software is recorded belongs to you, but the ownership and
copyright of the Program itself belongs to Yamaha and Yamaha’s
Licensor(s).
2. Prohibitions and restrictions
You may not reverse-compile, disassemble, reverse-engineer, or use
any other method to convert the Software into a human-readable form,
nor may you allow another person to do so. The Software may not be
duplicated, corrected, modified, lent, leased, sold, distributed, licensed
or disposed of in any other way in part or in whole. The creation of
derivative works based on the content of the Software is also prohib-
ited. The Software may not be transmitted over a network to another
computer without written authorization from Yamaha. Your rights
regarding the Software may be transferred to a third party only if this is
done for non-commercial purposes and if the Software and all associ-
ated documentation including this agreement are included, and if the
third party accepts this agreement.
3. Limitations of Liability
The Software was developed at, and is copyrighted by, Yamaha and
Yamaha’s Licensor(s). The Software is offered "AS IS" and Yamaha
makes no warranty as to its use or performance.
YAMAHA AND ITS SUPPLIERS DO NOT AND CANNOT WARRANT
THE PERFORMANCE OR RESULTS YOU MAY OBTAIN BY USING
THE SOFTWARE OR DOCUMENTATION. YAMAHA AND ITS SUP-
PLIERS MAKE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO
NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS, MERCHANTABIL-
ITY, OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO
EVENT WILL YAMAHA OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU
FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR SPECIAL DAM-
AGES, INCLUDING ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST SAVINGS,
EVEN IF AN YAMAHA REPRESENTATIVE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, OR FOR ANY CLAIM BY
ANY THIRD PARTY.
q Six of the demo-songs (or compositions) included in this keyboard are as
follows:
A Hard Day’s Night
Words and Music by John Lennon and Paul McCartney
Copyright © 1964 Sony/ATV Songs LLC
Copyright Renewed
All Rights Administered by Sony/ATV Music Publishing, 8 Music
Square West, Nashville, TN37203
International Copyright Secured All Rights Reserved
Can’t Help Falling In Love
Words and Music by George David Weiss, Hugo Peretti and Luigi Cre-
atore
Copyright © 1961 by Gladys Music, Inc.
Copyright Renewed and Assigned to Gladys Music
All Rights Administered by Cherry Lane Music Publishing Company,
Inc. and Chrysalis Music
International Copyright Secured All Rights Reserved
Stella By Starlight
from the Paramount Picture THE UNINVITED
Words by Ned Washington
Music by Victor Young
Copyright © 1946 (Renewed 1973, 1974) by Famous Music Corporation
International Copyright Secured All Rights Reserved
Hey Jude
Words and Music by John Lennon and Paul McCartney
Copyright © 1968 Sony/ATV Songs LLC
Copyright Renewed
All Rights Administered by Sony/ATV Music Publishing, 8 Music
Square West, Nashville, TN37203
International Copyright Secured All Rights Reserved
Edelweiss
Lyrics by Oscar Hammerstein II
Music by Richard Rodgers
Copyright © 1959 by Richard Rodgers and Oscar Hammerstein II
Copyright Renewed
WILLIAMSON MUSlC owner of publication and allied rights through-
out the world
International Copyright Secured All Rights Reserved
Linus And Lucy
• By Vince Guaraldi
Copyright
© 1965 LEE MENDELSON FILM PRODUCTIONS, INC.
Copyright Renewed
International Copyright Secured All Rights Reserved
w Four of the demo-songs (or compositions) included in this keyboard are as
follows:
Composition Title : An Englishman In New York
Composer’s Name : Sumner 0590545
Copyright Owner’s Name:G M SUMNER LTD
Composition Title : Against All Odds
Composer’s Name : Collins 0007403
Copyright Owner’s Name:EMI MUSIC PUBLISHING LTD / HIT &
RUN MUSIC LTD
Composition Title : Just The Way You Are
Composer’s Name : Joel 0273671
Copyright Owner’s Name:EMI MUSIC PUBLISHING LTD
Composition Title : Look Of Love
Composer’s Name : Bacharach/David 0093316
Copyright Owner’s Name:Screen Gems - EMI Music Ltd
CAUTION: All Rights Reserved, Unauthorized copying, public perfor-
mance and broadcasting are strictly prohibited regarding the above ten demo-
songs.
COPYRIGHT NOTICE This product incorporates and bundles computer
programs and contents in which Yamaha owns copyrights or with respect to
which it has license to use others’ copyrights. Such copyrighted materials
include, without limitation, all computer software, styles files, MIDI files,
WAVE data and sound recordings. Any unauthorized use of such programs
and contents outside of personal use is not permitted under relevant laws.
Any violation of copyright has legal consequences. DON’T MAKE, DIS-
TRIBUTE OR USE ILLEGAL COPIES.
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
4
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
PRECAUTIONS
PLEASE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE PROCEEDING
* Please keep this manual in a safe place for future reference.
WARNING
Always follow the basic precautions listed below to avoid the possibility of serious injury or even death from electrical
shock, short-circuiting, damages, fire or other hazards. These precautions include, but are not limited to, the following:
Only use the voltage specified as correct for the instrument. The required voltage
is printed on the name plate of the instrument.
Use the specified adaptor (PA-3C or PA-3B or an equivalent recommended by
Yamaha) only. Using the wrong adaptor can result in damage to the instrument
or overheating.
Check the electric plug periodically and remove any dirt or dust which may have
accumulated on it.
Do not place the AC adaptor cord near heat sources such as heaters or radiators,
and do not excessively bend or otherwise damage the cord, place heavy objects
on it, or place it in a position where anyone could walk on, trip over, or roll
anything over it.
Do not open the instrument or attempt to disassemble the internal parts or
modify them in any way. The instrument contains no user-serviceable parts. If it
should appear to be malfunctioning, discontinue use immediately and have it
inspected by qualified Yamaha service personnel.
Do not expose the instrument to rain, use it near water or in damp or wet
conditions, or place containers on it containing liquids which might spill into
any openings.
Never insert or remove an electric plug with wet hands.
Do not put burning items, such as candles, on the unit.
A burning item may fall over and cause a fire.
If the AC adaptor cord or plug becomes frayed or damaged, or if there is a
sudden loss of sound during use of the instrument, or if any unusual smells or
smoke should appear to be caused by it, immediately turn off the power switch,
disconnect the adaptor plug from the outlet, and have the instrument inspected
by qualified Yamaha service personnel.
CAUTION
Always follow the basic precautions listed below to avoid the possibility of physical injury to you or others, or damage
to the instrument or other property. These precautions include, but are not limited to, the following:
When removing the electric plug from the instrument or an outlet, always hold
the plug itself and not the cord.
Unplug the AC power adaptor when not using the instrument, or during
electrical storms.
Do not connect the instrument to an electrical outlet using a multiple-connector.
Doing so can result in lower sound quality, or possibly cause overheating in the
outlet.
Always make sure all batteries are inserted in conformity with the +/- polarity
markings. Failure to do so might result in overheating, fire, or battery fluid
leakage.
Always replace all batteries at the same time. Do not use new batteries together
with old ones. Also, do not mix battery types, such as alkaline batteries with
manganese batteries, or batteries from different makers, or different types of
batteries from the same maker, since this can cause overheating, fire, or battery
fluid leakage.
Do not dispose of batteries in fire.
Do not attempt to recharge batteries that are not intended to be charged.
When the batteries run out, or if the instrument is not to be used for a long time,
remove the batteries from the instrument to prevent possible leakage of the
battery fluid.
Keep batteries away from children.
If the batteries do leak, avoid contact with the leaked fluid. If the battery fluid
should come in contact with your eyes, mouth, or skin, wash immediately with
water and consult a doctor. Battery fluid is corrosive and may possibly cause
loss of sight or chemical burns.
Do not expose the instrument to excessive dust or vibrations, or extreme cold or
heat (such as in direct sunlight, near a heater, or in a car during the day) to
prevent the possibility of panel disfiguration or damage to the internal
components.
Do not use the instrument in the vicinity of a TV, radio, stereo equipment, mobile
phone, or other electric devices. Otherwise, the instrument, TV, or radio may
generate noise.
Power supply/AC power adaptor
Do not open
Water warning
Fire warning
If you notice any abnormality
Power supply/AC power adaptor
Battery
Location
(4)-8 1/2
2
5
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
(4)-8 2/2
Do not place the instrument in an unstable position where it might accidentally
fall over.
Before moving the instrument, remove all connected adaptor and other cables.
Use only the stand specified for the instrument. When attaching the stand or
rack, use the provided screws only. Failure to do so could cause damage to the
internal components or result in the instrument falling over.
Before connecting the instrument to other electronic components, turn off the
power for all components. Before turning the power on or off for all
components, set all volume levels to minimum. Also, be sure to set the volumes
of all components at their minimum levels and gradually raise the volume
controls while playing the instrument to set the desired listening level.
When cleaning the instrument, use a soft, dry cloth. Do not use paint thinners,
solvents, cleaning fluids, or chemical-impregnated wiping cloths.
Do not insert a finger or hand in any gaps on the instrument.
Never insert or drop paper, metallic, or other objects into the gaps on the panel
or keyboard. If this happens, turn off the power immediately and unplug the
power cord from the AC outlet. Then have the instrument inspected by qualified
Yamaha service personnel.
Do not place vinyl, plastic or rubber objects on the instrument, since this might
discolor the panel or keyboard.
Do not rest your weight on, or place heavy objects on the instrument, and do not
use excessive force on the buttons, switches or connectors.
Do not operate the instrument for a long period of time at a high or
uncomfortable volume level, since this can cause permanent hearing loss. If you
experience any hearing loss or ringing in the ears, consult a physician.
Saving and backing up your data
Saved data may be lost due to malfunction or incorrect operation. Save
important data to external media.
Connections
Maintenance
Handling caution
Saving data
3
Always turn the power off when the instrument is not in use.
When using a power adaptor, even when the power switch is in the “STANDBY” position, electricity is still flowing to the instrument at the minimum level. When you are not
using the instrument for a long time, make sure you unplug the AC power adaptor from the wall AC outlet.
Make sure to discard used batteries according to local regulations.
Trademarks
Apple and Macintosh are trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
Windows is the registered trademark of Microsoft
®
Corporation.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective holders.
Yamaha cannot be held responsible for damage caused by improper use or modifications to the instrument, or data that is lost or destroyed.
The illustrations and LCD screens as shown in this owner’s manual are for instructional purposes only, and may be different from the ones on your instrument.
6
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Congratulations on your purchase of the Yamaha EZ-250i PortaTone!
You now own a portable keyboard that combines advanced functions, great sound
and exceptional ease-of-use in a highly compact package. Its outstanding features
also make it a remarkably expressive and versatile instrument.
Read this Owner’s Manual carefully while playing your new EZ-250i in order to
take full advantage of its various features.
Main Features
The EZ-250i is a sophisticated yet easy-to-use keyboard with the following features and functions:
Keyboard Mania................................................................................. page 3, 60
Included with the instrument (on CD-ROM) is the fun software program Keyboard Mania. Simply install it to
your computer (Windows only) and connect the instrument via USB cable — and play musical games and learn
songs the fun way.
Stereo Sampled Piano .......................................................................... page 21
The EZ-250i has a special Portable Grand Piano Voice — created by state-of-the-art stereo sampling technology
and using Yamaha’s sophiscated AWM (Advanced Wave Memory) tone generation system.
Touch Response.................................................................................... page 27
The exceptionally natural Touch Response feature, with a convenient front panel on/off switch, gives you maximum
expressive level control over the voices. It also works in conjunction with the Dynamic Filter, which dynamically
adjusts the timbre or tone of a voice according to your playing strength — just a like a real musical instrument!
Yamaha Education Suite ......................................................... pages 40, 42, 49
The EZ-250i features the new Yamaha Education Suite — a set of learning tools that utilize the latest technology
to make studying and practicing music more fun and fulfilling than ever before!
One Touch Setting................................................................................. page 25
One Touch Setting (OTS), for automatically calling up an appropriate voice for playing with the selected Style
and Song.
Powerful Speaker System
The built-in stereo amplifier/speaker system of the EZ-250i — with a special Bass Boost feature — provides excep-
tionally powerful, high-quality sound, letting you hear the full dynamic range of the EZ-250i’s authentic voices.
USB......................................................................................................... page 56
This enables you to connect the instrument directly to a computer, for recording your performances and playing
song data with the computer.
Flash Memory ........................................................................................ page 58
The internal flash memory of the instrument lets you save song data from a computer. The songs saved to the
memory can then be used for playing and practice in the same way as the preset songs.
GM System Level 1
“GM System Level 1” is an addition to the MIDI standard which ensures that any GM-compatible music data
can be accurately played by any GM-compatible tone generator, regardless of manufacturer. The GM mark is
affixed to all software and hardware products that support GM System Level.
XGlite
As its name implies, “XGlite” is a simplified version of Yamaha’s high-quality XG tone generation format. Natu-
rally, you can play back any XG song data using an XGlite tone generator. However, keep in mind that some songs
may play back differently compared to the original data, due to the reduced set of control parameters and effects.
4
7
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Panel Controls and Terminals ........................ 8
Setting Up....................................................... 10
• Power Requirements ........................................10
• Turning On the Power.......................................11
• Accessory Jacks ...............................................11
Quick Guide 12
Step 1 Voices ........................................................... 12
Step 2 Songs............................................................ 14
Step 3 Style ............................................................. 16
Basic Operation and LCD Display................ 18
Portable Grand............................................... 21
• Playing the Portable Grand...............................21
• Using the Metronome .......................................21
Playing Voices ...............................................23
• Playing a Voice .................................................23
• #000 OTS .........................................................25
• Dual Voice ........................................................25
• Split Voice.........................................................26
• Setting the Split Point .......................................26
• Touch and Touch Sensitivity.............................27
• Transpose and Tuning......................................28
• Light Guide On and Off.....................................28
Effects............................................................. 29
• Harmony ...........................................................29
• Reverb ..............................................................29
• Chorus ..............................................................30
• Sustain..............................................................30
Selecting and Playing Styles ........................ 33
• Selecting a Style ...............................................33
• Playing the Styles .............................................34
• Changing the Tempo ........................................38
• Accompaniment Sections
(Main A/B and Fill-ins) ......................................39
• Adjusting the Style Volume...............................39
• Using Auto Accompaniment —
Multi Fingering ..................................................40
• Dictionary..........................................................42
Selecting and Playing Songs........................ 45
• Selecting a Song...............................................45
• Playing the Songs.............................................46
• A-B Repeat .......................................................47
• Melody Voice Change.......................................48
• Adjusting the Song Volume ..............................48
Song Lesson ..................................................49
• Using the Lesson Feature ................................ 49
• Select the Lesson Track................................... 51
• Lesson 1 — Timing .......................................... 51
• Lesson 2 — Waiting ......................................... 52
• Lesson 3 — Minus One.................................... 52
• Lesson 4 — Both Hands .................................. 53
• Grade ............................................................... 53
MIDI Functions ...............................................54
• What Is MIDI? .................................................. 54
• Connecting to a Personal Computer ................ 56
• Local Control .................................................... 57
• External Clock .................................................. 57
• Using Initial Setup Send with a Sequencer ...... 57
• PC Mode .......................................................... 58
• Loading a Song into
EZ-250i’s Flash Memory .................................. 58
Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide........60
• Contents of CD-ROM ....................................... 60
• CD-ROM Installation Procedure....................... 60
• Minimum System Requirements ...................... 61
• For Windows Users.......................................... 61
• For Macintosh Users ........................................ 63
• Setting up OMS................................................ 64
Function..........................................................66
• Using the Function parameters ........................ 66
Data Backup ...................................................68
Troubleshooting.............................................69
Voice List ........................................................70
Style List .........................................................75
Drum Kit List ..................................................76
MIDI Implementation Chart ...........................78
Effect map.......................................................80
Specifications.................................................81
Index................................................................82
Contents
5
8
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Panel Controls and Terminals
q [MASTER VOLUME] dial
This determines the overall volume of the EZ-250i.
w Power switch ([STANDBY/ON])
e [METRONOME] button
This turns the metronome on and off. (See page 21.)
Holding down this button calls up the Time Signet
settings.
r [PORTABLE GRAND] button
This instantly calls up the Grand Piano voice. (See
page 21.)
t [PC] button
This convenient control lets you instantly call up the
specified MIDI settings for optimum use with a con-
nected computer. (See page 58.)
y [FUNCTION] button
This calls up the Function mode and stores the speci-
fied panel setting to the flash memory (See pages 66,
68).
u [SONG] button
This is for enabling song selection. (See page 45.)
i [STYLE] button
This is for enabling style selection. (See page 33.)
o [VOICE] button
This is for enabling voice selection. (See page 23.)
Holding down this button calls up the Melody Voice
Change function. (See page 48.)
!0 [Dict.] button
This calls up the Dictionary function (See page 42).
!1 LESSON [L] (Left) and [R] (Right) buttons
These call up the Lesson exercises for the corre-
sponding hand (left or right) for the selected song.
(See page 49.)
!2 Numeric keypad, [+/ON] and [–/OFF]
buttons
These are used for selecting songs, voices, and styles.
(See pages 19.) They are also used for adjusting cer-
tain settings and answering certain display prompts.
!3 [ACMP ON/OFF] / [A-B REPEAT] button
When the Style mode is selected, this turns the auto
accompaniment on and off. (See page 34.) In the
Song mode, this calls up the A-B Repeat function.
(See page 47.)
!4 [SYNC START] / [ PAUSE] button
This turns the Sync Start function on and off. (See
page 35.) In the Song mode, it is used to temporarily
pause song playback. (See page 46.)
!5 [START/STOP] button
When the Style mode is selected, this alternately
starts and stops the style. (See page 34.) In the Song
mode, this alternately starts and stops song playback.
(See page 46.)
Front Panel
GrandPno
001
-03
@3
@1
@2
q
w
e
r
t
y
u
i
o
!0
!1
!2
!6!5
!4
!3
!7
!8
@0
!9
@4
6
Panel Controls and Terminals
9
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
!6 [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] / [ REW] button
When the Style mode is selected, this is used to con-
trol the Intro and Ending functions. (See page 34.)
When the Song mode is selected, this is used as a
“rewind” control, or move the song playback point
back toward the beginning.
!7 [MAIN/AUTO FILL] / [ FF] button
When the Style mode is selected, this is used to
change auto accompaniment sections and control the
Auto Fill function. (See page 39.) When the Song
mode is selected, this is used as a “fast forward” con-
trol, or move the song playback point toward the end.
!8 [TEMPO/TAP] button
This button is used to call up the Tempo setting, let-
ting you set the Tempo with the numeric keypad or
[+]/[–] buttons. (See page 21.) It also allows you to
tap out the tempo and automatically start a selected
song or style at that tapped speed. (See page 35.)
!9 [DUAL] button
This turns the Dual voice on or off. (See page 25.)
@0 [SPLIT] button
This turns the Split voice on and off. (See page 26.)
@1 [HARMONY] button
This turns the Harmony effect on and off. (See page
29.)
@2 [TOUCH] button
This turns the Touch function on and off. (See page
27.) Holding down this button calls up the Touch
Sensitivity settings.
@3 [LIGHT ON/OFF] button
This turns the Light Guide on or off. (See page 28.)
@4 [DEMO] button
This is used to play the Demo songs. (See page 14.)
7
Rear Panel
@5 @6 @7 @8
@5 USB terminals
This is for connection to a computer. (See page 56.)
@6 SUSTAIN jack
This is for connection to an optional FC4 or FC5
Footswitch for control over sustain, just like the
damper pedal on a piano. (See page 11.)
@7 PHONES/OUTPUT jack
This is for connection to a set of stereo headphones or
to an external amplifier/speaker system. (See page
11.)
@8 DC IN 12V jack
This is for connection to a PA-3C or PA-3B AC
power adaptor. (See page 10.)
10
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Setting Up
This section contains information about setting up your EZ-250i for playing. Make sure to read
this section carefully before using the instrument.
Although the EZ-250i will run either from an optional AC adaptor or batteries,
Yamaha recommends use of an AC adaptor whenever possible. An AC adaptor is
more environmentally friendly than batteries and does not deplete resources.
Using an AC Power Adaptor • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
q Make sure that the [STANDBY/ON] switch of the EZ-250i is set to
STANDBY.
w Connect the AC adaptor (PA-3C, PA-3B, or other adaptor specifically recom-
mended by Yamaha) to the DC IN 12V jack.
e Plug the AC adaptor into an AC outlet.
Using Batteries • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
For battery operation the EZ-250i requires six 1.5V “D” size, LR20 or equivalent
batteries. When the batteries need to be replaced, the volume may be reduced, the
sound may be distorted, and other problems may occur. When this happens, turn
the power off and replace the batteries, as described below
q Open the battery compartment cover located on the instrument’s bottom panel.
w Insert the six new batteries, being careful to follow the polarity markings in
the compartment cover.
e Replace the compartment cover, making sure that it locks firmly in place.
Power Requirements
Use ONLY a Yamaha PA-3C or
PA-3B AC Power Adaptor (or
other adaptor specifically rec-
ommended by Yamaha) to
power your instrument from
the AC mains. The use of other
adaptors may result in irrepa-
rable damage to both the adap
-
tor and the EZ-250i.
Unplug the AC Power Adaptor
when not using the EZ-250i, or
during electrical storms.
we
Use only manganese or alka-
line batteries for this instru-
ment. Other types of batteries
(including rechargable batter-
ies) may have sudden drops of
power when battery power
becomes low, possibly result-
ing in loss of data in the flash
memory and the need to initial
-
ize the flash memory.
When the batteries run down,
replace them with a complete
set of six new batteries.
NEVER mix old and new batter
-
ies.
Do not use different kinds of
batteries (e.g. alkaline and
manganese) at the same time.
If the instrument is not to be in
use for a long time, remove the
batteries from it, in order to
prevent possible fluid leakage
from the battery.
The effective life of recharge-
able batteries may shorter than
that of conventional batteries.
8
Setting Up
11
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
With the AC power adaptor connected or
with batteries installed, simply move the
power switch until it is set to the ON
position. When the instrument is not in
use, be sure to turn the power off.
Using Headphones
For private practicing and playing without dis-
turbing others, connect a set of stereo head-
phones to the rear panel PHONES/OUTPUT
jack. Sound from the built-in speaker system is
automatically cut off when you insert a head-
phone plug into this jack.
Connecting a Keyboard Amplier or Stereo System
Though the EZ-250i is equipped with a built-in
speaker system, you can also play it through an
external amplifier/speaker system. First, make
sure the EZ-250i and any external devices are
turned off, then connect one end of a stereo
audio cable to the LINE IN or AUX IN jack(s)
of the other device and the other end to the rear
panel PHONES/OUTPUT jack on the EZ-250i.
Using a Footswitch
This feature lets you use an optional footswitch
(Yamaha FC4 or FC5) to sustain the sound of
the voices. The footswitch functions the same
way as a damper pedal on an acoustic piano —
press and hold down the footswitch as you play
the keyboard to sustain the sound.
Connecting to a computer (USB terminal)
By connecting the USB terminal of this instru-
ment to the USB terminal of a computer, you
can transfer performance data and song files
between the instrument. (See page 56.)
Turning On the Power
Even when the switch is in the “STANDBY” position,
electricity is still flowing to the instrument at the mini-
mum level. When you are not using the EZ-250i for a
long time, make sure you unplug the AC power adaptor
from the wall AC outlet, and/or remove the batteries from
the instrument.
Never attempt to turn the power off when data is being
transferred from a computer. Doing so can damage the
internal flash memory and result in loss of data.
Accessory Jacks
Stereo System
To prevent damage to the
speakers, set the volume of the
external devices at the mini-
mum setting before connect-
ing them. Failure to observe
these cautions may result in
electric shock or equipment
damage. Also, be sure to set
the volumes of all devices at
their minimum levels and grad
-
ually raise the volume controls
while playing the instrument to
set the desired listening level.
Make sure that the footswitch
plug is properly connected to the
SUSTAIN jack before turning on
the power.
Do not press the footswitch while
turning the power on. Doing this
changes the recognized polarity
of the footswitch, resulting in
reversed footswitch operation.
Make sure to purchase a quality
USB cable at a musical instru-
ment store, computer store or
electrical appliance store.
9
12
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
GrandPno
001
-03
w
z
zx
q
z
Press the [PORTABLE GRAND] button.
x
Play the keyboard.
Want to find out more? See page 21.
GrandPno
001
-03
Simply by pressing the [PORTABLE GRAND] button, you can automatically select the Grand Piano voice.
z
Press the [METRONOME] button.
x
Stop the Metronome.
Want to find out more? See page 21.
Playing along with the Metronome
Step 1 Voices
Quick
Guide
Playing the Piano
10
Step 1 Voices
13
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
q
Press the [VOICE] button.
GrandPno
001
-03
w
Select a voice.
e
Play the keyboard.
Want to find out more? See page 23.
BritePno
002
11
Selecting and Playing Other Voices
The EZ-250i has a huge total of 480 dynamic and realistic instrument voices. Let’s try a few of them out now...
No. Voice Name
PIANO
001 Grand Piano
002 Bright Piano
003 Honky-tonk Piano
004 MIDI Grand Piano
005 CP 80
006 Harpsichord
E.PIANO
007 Galaxy EP
008 Funky Electric Piano
009 DX Modern Elec. Piano
010 Hyper Tines
011 Venus Electric Piano
012 Clavi
ORGAN
013 Jazz Organ 1
014 Jazz Organ 2
015 Click Organ
016 Bright Organ
017 Rock Organ
018 Purple Organ
019 16'+2' Organ
020 16'+4' Organ
021 Theater Organ
022 Church Organ
023 Chapel Organ
024 Reed Organ
ACCORDION
025 Traditional Accordion
026 Musette Accordion
027 Bandoneon
028 Harmonica
GUITAR
029 Classical Guitar
030 Folk Guitar
031 12Strings Guitar
032 Jazz Guitar
033 Octave Guitar
034 Clean Guitar
035 60’s Clean Guitar
036 Muted Guitar
037 Overdriven Guitar
038 Distortion Guitar
BASS
039 Acoustic Bass
040 Finger Bass
041 Pick Bass
042 Fretless Bass
043 Slap Bass
044 Synth Bass
045 Hi-Q Bass
046 Dance Bass
STRINGS
047 String Ensemble
048 Chamber Strings
049 Synth Strings
050 Slow Strings
051 Tremolo Strings
052 Pizzicato Strings
053 Orchestra Hit
054 Violin
055 Cello
056 Contrabass
057 Banjo
058 Harp
CHOIR
059 Choir
060 Vocal Ensemble
No. Voice Name
061 Vox Humana
062 Air Choir
SAXOPHONE
063 Soprano Sax
064 Alto Sax
065 Tenor Sax
066 Breathy Tenor
067 Baritone Sax
068 Oboe
069 English Horn
070 Bassoon
071 Clarinet
TRUMPET
072 Trumpet
073 Muted Trumpet
074 Trombone
075 Trombone Section
076 French Horn
077 Tuba
BRASS
078 Brass Section
079 Big Band Brass
080 Mellow Horns
081 Synth Brass
082 Jump Brass
083 Techno Brass
FLUTE
084 Flute
085 Piccolo
086 Pan Flute
087 Recorder
088 Ocarina
SYNTH LEAD
089 Square Lead
No. Voice Name
090 Sawtooth Lead
091 Voice Lead
092 Star Dust
093 Brightness
094 Analogon
095 Fargo
SYNTH PAD
096 Fantasia
097 Bell Pad
098 Xenon Pad
099 Equinox
100 Dark Moon
PERCUSSION
101 Vibraphone
102 Marimba
103 Xylophone
104 Steel Drums
105 Celesta
106 Tubular Bells
107 Timpani
108 Music Box
DRUM KITS
109 Standard Kit 1
110 Standard Kit 2
111 Room Kit
112 Rock Kit
113 Electronic Kit
114 Analog Kit
115 Dance Kit
116 Jazz Kit
117 Brush Kit
118 Symphony Kit
119 SFX Kit 1
120 SFX Kit 2
No. Voice Name
Panel Voice List
* This list includes only a portion of the total available voices.
14
Quick
Guide
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Step 2 Songs
HardDays
001
-03
zx
z
xw
q
xc
The EZ-250i is packed with a total of 80 songs, including 10 Demo songs — which has been specially created to showcase the
rich and dynamic sounds of the instrument. There are also 70 additional songs, designed to be used with the educational Lesson
feature.
You can also play songs loaded to the instrument via USB. The songs can be stored to the song numbers 081-180.
Let’s play the Demo song now.
z
Start the Demo song.
x
Stop the Demo song.
Playing the Demo song
HardDays
001
-03
You can also play back songs of other categories. Simply
select the appropriate number of the desired song during
playback.
or
• The EZ-250i also has a Demo Cancel function that allows you to disable
Demo song function.
Set Demo Cancel in the Function mode (page
67).
Naturally, you can also individually select and play back the
EZ-250i’s songs.
z
Press the [SONG] button.
x
Select a song.
c
Start (and stop) the song.
Want to find out more? See page 45.
Playing a single song
HardDays
001
-03
CantHelp
002
Playing the Songs
12
Step 2 Songs
15
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
This lets you adjust the volume balance between the
song and your keyboard performance.
q
Press the [FUNCTION] button, until SongVol
is indicated in the display.
w
Use the [+]/[] buttons to adjust the song
volume.
You can also use the numeric keypad to directly
enter the value.
Want to find out more? See page 48.
Changing the volume of the song
SongVol
100
-03
SongVol
120
Song List
No. Song Name (Comporser)
FAVORITES
001 A Hard Day’s Night
002 Can’t Help Falling In Love
003 Linus And Lucy
004 Just The Way You Are
005 Against All Odds
006 Englishman In New York
007 Hey Jude
008 The Look Of Love
009 Stella By Starlight
010 Edelweiss
PIANIST
011 Arabesque (J.F.Burgmüller)
012 Innocence (J.F.Burgmüller)
013 Etude op.10-3 “Chanson De
L’adieu” (F.Chopin)
014 Menuett (L. Boccherini)
015 Nocturne op.9-2 (F. Chopin)
016 Moments Musicaux op.94-3
(F. Schubert)
017 The Entertainer (S. Joplin)
018 Prelude (Wohltemperierte Klavier
1-1) (J.S. Bach)
019 La Viollette (Streabbog)
020 Für Elise (L.v. Beethoven)
PRACTICE
021 America The Beautiful (S.A. Ward)
022 Londonderry Air (Traditional)
023 Ring De Banjo (S.C. Foster)
024 Wenn Ich Ein Vöglein Wär ?
(Traditional)
025 Die Lorelei (F. Silcher)
026 Funiculi-Funicula (L. Denza)
027 Turkey In The Straw (Traditional)
028 Old Folks At Home (S.C. Foster)
029 Jingle Bells (J.S. Pierpont)
030 Muss I Denn (F. Silcher)
031 Liebesträume Nr.3 (F. Liszt)
032 Jesu, Joy Of Man’s Desiring
(J.S. Bach)
033 Symphonie Nr.9 (L.v. Beethoven)
034 Song Of The Pearl Fisher
(G. Bizet)
035 Gavotte (F.J. Gossec)
036 String Quartet No.17 2nd mov.
“Serenade” (F.J. Haydn)
037 Menuett (J.S. Bach)
038 Canon (J. Pachelbel)
039 From “The Magic Flute”
(W.A Mozart)
040 Piano Sonate op.27-2 “Mond-
schein” (L.v. Beethoven)
041 “The Surprise” Symphony
(F.J. Haydn)
042 To A Wild Rose (E.A. MacDowell)
043 Air de Toréador “Carmen”
(G. Bizet)
044 O Mio Babbino Caro (From “Gian-
ni Schicchi”) (G. Puccini)
045 Frühlingslied (F. Mendelssohn)
13
DUET
046 Row Row Row Your Boat
(Traditional)
047 We Wish You A Merry Christmas
(Traditional)
048 Ten Little Indians
(Septimus Winner)
049 O Du Lieber Augustin (Traditional)
050 London Bridge (Traditional)
CHORD LESSON
051 Bill Bailey (Won’t You Please
Come Home) (H. Cannon)
052 Down By The Riverside
(Traditional)
053 Camptown Races (S.C. Foster)
054 Little Brown Jug (Joseph Winner)
055 Loch Lomond (Traditional)
056 Oh! Susanna (S.C. Foster)
057 Greensleeves (Traditional)
058 Aura Lee (G. Poulton)
059 Silent Night (F. Gruber)
060 The Danube Waves (I. Ivanovici)
061 Twinkle Twinkle Little Star
(Traditional)
062 Close Your Hands, Open Your
Hands (J.J. Rousseau)
063 The Cuckoo (Traditional)
064 O Du Lieber Augustin (Traditional)
065 London Bridge (Traditional)
066 American Patrol (F.W. Meacham)
067 Beautiful Dreamer (S.C. Foster)
068 Battle Hymn Of The Republic
(Traditional)
069 Home Sweet Home (H. Bishop)
070 Valse Des Fleurs (From “The Nut-
cracker”) (P.I. Tchaikovsky)
071 Aloha Oe (Traditional)
072 I’ve Been Working On The Rail-
road (Traditional)
073 My Darling Clementine
(Traditional)
074 Auld Lang Syne (Traditional)
075 Grandfather’s Clock (H.C. Work)
076 Amazing Grace (Traditional)
077 My Bonnie (H.J Fulmer)
078 Yankee Doodle (Traditional)
079 Joy To The World (G.F. Händel)
080 Ave Maria (F.Schubert)
081 FLASH MEMORY
No. Song Name (Comporser)
16
Quick
Guide
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
z
Press the [STYLE] button.
8BtModrn
001
001
The powerful yet easy-to-use Style features give you profes-
sional instrumental backing for your performances. Simply
play chords with your left hand — and the EZ-250i automat-
ically produces appropriate bass, chord and rhythm backing.
Use your right hand to play melodies, and you’ll sound like
an entire band!
Left hand
Auto accompaniment
(for example,
bass + guitar + drums)
Right hand
Melody
(for example,
piano)
+
Accompaniment
area
For more infomation on playing proper chords for the auto accompaniment,
see “Using Auto Accompaniment — Multi Fingering” on page 40 and “Dictio-
nary” on page 42.
x
Select a style.
c
Turn the auto accompaniment on.
60sGtPop
002
Step 3 Style
8BtModrn
001
001
x
zb
z
cvm n
Using the Style
14
Step 3 Style
17
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
v
Turn the Sync Start function on.
b
Play a chord with your left hand.
The style starts as soon as you play the keyboard. For
more on chords, see “Looking up Chords in the Dictio-
nary” above.
Accompaniment
area
n
Select a section.
The auto accompaniment has four sections: Intro,
Main A/B, and Ending.
m
Stop the style.
Want to find out more? See page 34.
15
Looking up Chords in the Dictionary
z
Press the [Dict.] button.
x
Specify the root note of the chord (in this case,
G).
Learning how to play a specific chord
Keys for entering
the chord type
(C3 — B4)
Keys for entering
the chord root
(C5 — B5)
Keys for entering
the chord
(C1 — B2)
GM7
Root note Chord type
Example:
Dict.
c
Specify the chord type of the chord (in this case,
M7).
v
Play the notes of the chord according to the Light
Guide. The Congratulation melody plays when
the chord is played properly
The keys light to show you how to play the chord. You
can also play chord inversions, as described in the note
on page 40 (Fingered Chords).
b
To leave the Dictionary function, press the [Dict.]
button again.
Want to find out more? See page 42.
Chord area
The convenient Dictionary function teaches you how to play chords by showing you the individual notes. In the example
below, we’ll learn how to play a GM7 chord...
18
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
HardDays
001
-03
Basic Operation and LCD Display
Turn the [MASTER VOLUME] dial.
Adjusting the Volume
Decreases
the overall
volume.
Increases
the overall
volume.
Currently selected name and number (Song, Style or Voice) appear
here.
Name and Number indication (Song/Style /Voice)
Song number Song name
For example, when song is selected:
HardDays
001
This button lets you call up the various function set-
tings.
Note that the function bar in the LCD indicates the
function category (Overall, Volume, etc.) when you
select each function, and the currently selected function
name and value appears in the LCD.
Use the numeric [0]-[9] buttons or [+]/[–] buttons.
Function settings and indications
............................. See page 66
............................. See page 67
....................... See page 23, 67
....................... See page 25, 67
....................... See page 26, 67
....................... See page 29, 67
............................. See page 67
Transpos
00
-03
Function bar Value Function name
For example, when Transpose is selected:
Setting values
Decreases the num-
ber by one step.
Increases the number
by one step.
To continuously change the number up or down,
press and hold the appropriate [+]/[–] button.
To input a negative value, simultaneously hold
the [–] button and enter the number.
16
Basic Operation and LCD Display
19
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
The following indications appear when you press the [VOICE]
button in the Song or Style mode.
Use the [+]/[–] buttons when you want to change the number in
single steps.
To directly enter the desired number, use numeric buttons [0]-[9].
Entering numbers
Song
Select the
desired song.
Style
Select the desired
style.
Voice
Select the desired
voice.
• For selecting a voice in the Song mode.
• For selecting a voice in the Style mode.
Decreases the
number by one
step.
Increases the
number by one
step.
To continuously change the number up or down,
press and hold the appropriate [+]/[–] button.
Std.Kit1
109
If the first digit or first two digits of the number are “0,” (ex., 074 or
005), pressing the [0] button is unnecessary. However, pressing the
[0] button is necessary if “0” is part of the number (ex., 105).
Ex. Voice number 109: Standard Kit 1
Press the numeric buttons
[1], [0], [9] in order.
Music Rest
Insert the bottom edge of the included music rest
into the slot located at the top rear of the EZ-250i
control panel.
Pressing one of the buttons below calls up the appropri-
ate mode — Song, Style or Voice, and the indicator in
the display appears the currently selected mode.
Entering one of the modes (Song, Style or Voice)
Buttons having this indication can
be used to call up an alternate func-
tion when the relevant button is
pressed and held.
Hold down this button until the func-
tion calls up.
[PRESS AND HOLD FOR A WHILE] indication
17
Basic Operation and LCD Display
20
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
GrandPno
001
003
Normally, these indicate which keys or notes are
played, or which keys to play when using the Dic-
tionary function.
NOTATION
Any notes occurring below or above the staff are indicated
by “8va” in the notation.
In certain cases, a note may not be fully shown in the dis-
play.
Indicates the chord name
when playing in the style or
song (only chord type
song) mode.
CHORD
Indicates that the Dual Voice
feature is turned on.
Indicates that the Split feature is
turned on.
Indicates that the Harmony fea-
ture is turned on.
Indicates that Touch is turned
on.
Indicates that Sustain is turned
on.
DUAL
SPLIT
HARMONY
TOUCH
SUSTAIN
18
Indicates the current measure
number of the song or style.
Indicates when accompani-
ment is on.
During the Lesson, this
guide suggests a fingering
for playing the song.
MEASURE number
Accompaniment On (ACMP ON)
Fingering guide
003
21
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Portable Grand
This convenient function lets you instantly call up the Grand Piano voice.
Press the [PORTABLE GRAND] button.
Doing this automatically selects the special “Stereo Sampled Piano” Grand
Piano voice.
1 Call up the Tempo setting.
Press the [TEMPO/TAP] button.
2 Change the value.
Use the numeric keypad to set the desired Tempo value, or use the [+]/[–]
buttons to increase or decrease the value.
Playing the Portable Grand
GrandPno
001
001
Using the Metronome
TEMPO
128
001
Current Tempo value
Restoring the Default Tempo
Value
Each song and style has been
given a default or standard Tempo
setting. If you’ve changed the
Tempo, you can instantly restore
the default setting by pressing both
[+]/[–] buttons simultaneously
(when Tempo is selected).
19
Portable Grand
22
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
3 Turn on the Metronome.
Press the [METRONOME] button.
The metronome is indicated as follows (for a time signature of 4/4):
To turn the Metronome off, press the [METRONOME] button again.
1
Indicates the metronome
in the measure.
1 4
2 3
Setting the Metronome Time Signature
The time signature of the Metronome can be set to var-
ious quarter-note based meters.
Press and hold the [METRONOME] button (until
“TimeSig” appears in the display), then press the but-
ton on the numeric keypad or [+]/[–]buttons that corre-
sponds to the desired time signature (see chart right).
The Time Signature also can be set in the Function
mode (page 67).
• The time signature changes automatically when a style or song is
selected.
Numeric
keypad
Time signature
0 Plays no “1” beats (all low clicks)
01 1/4 — Plays only “1” beats (all high clicks)
02 2/4
03 3/4
04 4/4
: :
15 15/4
Indicates current beat number.
TimeSig
04
Adjusting the Metronome Volume
You can adjust the volume of the Metronome sound in the Function mode (page 67). The volume range is 000 -
127.
20
23
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Playing Voices
The EZ-250i features a total of 480 authentic voices all of which have been created with
Yamahas sophisticated AWM (Advanced Wave Memory) tone generation system. These
include 360 XG Lite voices and drum kits.
The EZ-250i also has a Dual Voice or Split Voice function that lets you combine two different
voices in a layer, or play from separate areas of the keyboard, play the two together across the
keyboard.
1 Press the [VOICE] button.
2 Select the desired voice number.
The categories of each voice and their numbers are shown on the panel. A
complete voice list of the available voices is given on page 70.
3 Play the selected voice.
Since either the Style or Song mode is active in the background, you can also
play styles or songs, respectively, in the Voice mode by simply pressing the
[START/STOP] button. The last selected style, or song will be played.
The following par
ameteres can be set in the Function mode (page 67).
CATEGORY SELECT
Main Voice Volume
Octave
Reverb Send Level
Chorus Send Level
Playing a Voice
GrandPno
001
-03
Voice number and name
Selecting the #000 OTS voice
calls up a convenient feature —
automatically selecting an appro-
priate voice to best match the
current style or song.
21
Playing Voices
24
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Drum Kit Voice List (voices 109-120)
When one of the 12 Drum Kit voices is selected, you
can play different drum and percussion instrument
sounds from the keyboard.
For more details, see page 76.
No. Name LCD
109 Standard Kit 1 Std.Kit1
110 Standard Kit 2 Std.Kit2
111 Room Kit Room Kit
112 Rock Kit Rock Kit
113 Electronic Kit Elct.Kit
114 Analog Kit AnlogKit
115 Dance Kit DanceKit
116 Jazz Kit Jazz Kit
117 Brush Kit BrushKit
118 Symphony Kit SymphKit
119 SFX Kit 1 SFX Kit1
120 SFX Kit 2 SFX Kit2
For example, when 109 Standard Kit 1 is selected:
C3
Ride Cymbal 1
Tambourine
Cowbell
Vibraslap
Bongo L
Hi-Hat Open
Crash Cymbal 1
Hi-Hat Pedal
Conga H Open
Timbale L
Agogo L
Brush Slap
Castanet
Sticks
Open Rim Shot
Side Stick
Brush Tap
Hand Clap
Hi-Hat Closed
Maracas
Guiro Short
Claves
Cuica Mute
Triangle Mute
Shaker
Chinese Cymbal
Ride Cymbal Cup
Splash Cymbal
Crash Cymbal 2
Ride Cymbal 2
Bongo H
Conga H Mute
Mid Tom L
Mid Tom H
High Tom
Low Tom
Floor Tom H
Conga L
Snare H Soft
Bass Drum Soft
Bass Drum Hard
Bass Drum
Snare M
Snare H Hard
Floor Tom L
Brush Swirl
Brush Tap Swirl
Snare Roll
Seq Click H
Timbale H
Agogo H
Cabasa
Samba Whistle H
Samba Whistle L
Guiro Long
Wood Block H
Wood Block L
Cuica Open
Triangle Open
Jingle Bell
Bell Tree
22
Playing Voices
25
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
This special “voice” is actually a convenient feature which automatically selects a
suitable voice for you when you select a style or a song. The voice is selected to
best match the style or song you’ve called up.
Select voice #000 (OTS).
The Dual Voice function lets you combine two different voices in a layer — one
the Main voice, which is selected normally, and the other the Dual voice, which is
selected in the Function mode (pa
ge 67). You can also set various parameters
independently for these voices, such as giving them separate volume, octave,
Reverb, and Chorus settings. This lets you create an optimum mix for the voices,
and enhance the way they blend together.
The following par
ameters can be set in the Function mode (page 67).
To turn the Dual Voice on or off, press the [DUAL] button.
CATEGORY SELECT
Dual Voice Voice
Volume
Octave
Reverb Send Level
Chorus Send Level
#000 OTS
#000 OTS is selected.
Alto Sax
000
Dual Voice
GrandPno
001
-03
Indicates Dual
Voice is on.
23
Playing Voices
26
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
The Split Voice function lets you assign two different Voices to opposite areas of
the keyboard, and play one Voice with your left hand while your right plays
another.
For example, you could play bass with the left hand and play piano with the right.
The right-hand (or upper) Voice is selected in the Main Voice mode (page 23), and
the left-hand (or lower) Voice is selected in the Function mode (pa
ge 67), along
with the other Split Voice parameters shown below.
The following par
ameters can be set in the Function mode (page 67).
To turn the Split Voice on or off, press the [SPLIT] button.
The Split Point determines the highest key for the split voice and sets the split
point.
Split P
oint can be set in the Function mode (page 66).
CATEGORY SELECT
Split Voice Voice
Volume
Octave
Reverb Send Level
Chorus Send Level
Split Voice
GrandPno
001
-03
Indicates Split
Voice is on.
Setting the Split Point
This setting also affects the split
point for the accompaniment
area.
Split Point
Split Voice Main Voice
24
Playing Voices
27
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
The EZ-250i features a Touch Response function that gives you dynamic, expres-
sive control over the volume of the voices. The Touch Sensitivity parameter lets
you set the degree of Touch Response.
1 Turn the Touch function on or off as desired by pressing
the [TOUCH] button.
2 Changing the Touch Sensitivity Value.
Press and hold down the [TOUCH] button, then press the appropriate num-
bered button on the numeric keypad: 1, 2, 3, or [+]/[–].
Sensitivity can also be set in the Function mode (pa
ge 66).
Settings:
When Touch is turned off, a constant volume (corresponding to a velocity value of
80) is produced.
1 (Soft) This results in limited touch response, and produces a relatively narrow
dynamic range, no matter how lightly or strongly you play the keys.
2 (Medium) This lets you play over a normal dynamic range (soft to loud).
3 (Hard) This is designed for playing very soft passages, giving you slightly more
detailed control in the soft volume range.
Touch and Touch Sensitivity
GrandPno
001
-03
Indicates Touch
function is on.
Soft
1
Restoring the Default Touch
Sensitivity Value
The default Touch Sensitivity is 2
(Medium). To restore the default
value, press both [+]/[–] buttons
simultaneously (when Touch Sensi
-
tivity is selected).
25
Playing Voices
28
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
You can also adjust the tuning and change the transposition (key) of the entire EZ-
250i sound with the Transpose and Tuning functions.
Transpose
Transpose determines the key of both the main voice and the bass/chord accompa-
niment. It also determines the pitch of the songs. This allows you to easily match
the pitch of the EZ-250i to other instruments or singers, or play in a different key
without changing your fingering. The Transpose settings can be adjusted over a
range of ± 12 semitones (± 1 octave).
T
ranspose can be set in the Function mode (page 66).
Tuning
Tuning determines the fine pitch setting of both the main voice and the bass/chord
accompaniment. It also determines the pitch of the songs. This allows you to
accurately match the tuning with that of other instruments. The Tuning settings
can be adjusted over a range of ± 100 (approx. ± 1 semitone).
T
uning can be set in the Function mode (page 66).
You can switch the Light Guide on or off.
The Light Guide can be used as a keyboard guide during song playback, while
you are using the Lesson or the Dictionary function.
Turn the Light Guide ON or OFF.
Press the [LIGHT ON/OFF] button.
Transpose and Tuning
The Transpose function has no
effect on the Drum Kits voices
(#109 - #120).
The Tuning settings have no
effect on the Drum Kit voices
(#109 - #120).
Light Guide On and Off
Playing while looking at the
lights for a long period of time
may cause eyestrain or stiff-
ness in your neck and shoul-
ders. For your health and
comfort, we recommend that
you take a ten-minute break
after every hour of playing.
LIGHT
on
-03
26
29
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Effects
The EZ-250i is equipped with a wide variety of effects that can be used to enhance the sound
of the voices. The EZ-250i has three separate effect systems Harmony, Reverb and Chorus
and each has many different effect types to choose from.
The Harmony section features a variety of performance effects that enhance the
melodies you play when using the accompaniment styles of the EZ-250i. A total
of twenty-six Harmony types are available. (See page 31.)
Tremolo, Trill and Echo effects can be used even if accompaniment is off.
There are five different Harmony Types that automatically create harmony parts
(for notes played in the upper area of the keyboard) to match the accompaniment
chords.
Turn on/off the Harmony effect.
Press the [HARMONY] button.
Harmony type and Harmony
Volume (when Harmony Type 1 - 5 is selected) can
be set in the Function mode (page 67).
The Reverb effect reproduces the natural ambient “wash” of sound that occurs
when a instrument is played in a room or concert hall. A total of nine different
Reverb types simulating various different performance environments are avail-
able. (See page 32.)
The following par
ameters can be set in the Function mode (pages 67).
CATEGORY SELECT
Effect Reverb Type
Main Voice Reverb Send Level
Dual Voice Reverb Send Level
Split Voice Reverb Send Level
Harmony
For the first five Harmony Types
(Duet, Trio, Block, Country, and
Octave), chords must be played
in the Accompaniment area of
the keyboard.
The Harmony voice(s) change in
pitch to best match the chords
you play.
The speed of the Trill, Tremolo,
and Echo effects depends on the
Tempo setting (page 31).
Each voice of the EZ-250i has its
own independent Harmony set-
ting.
GrandPno
001
-03
Indicates Harmony
effect is on.
Reverb
Nine additional Reverb Types are
available when controlling the
EZ-250i from a MIDI device. (For
details, See page 80.)
Each style of the EZ-250i has its
own independent Reverb setting.
27
Effects
30
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
The Chorus effect lets you enhance the sound of the voices with the use of pitch
modulation. Two basic types are provided: Chorus and Flanger. Chorus produces
a thicker, warmer, and more animated sound, whereas Flanger creates a swirling,
metallic effect. A total of four Chorus types are available. (See page 32.)
The following par
ameters can be set in the Function mode (pages 67).
The Sustain effect automatically adds a slow, natural decay to the voice sound
when the keys are released.
Sustain on/of
f can be set in the Function mode (page 66).
CATEGORY SELECT
Effect Chorus Type
Main Voice Chorus Send Level
Dual Voice Chorus Send Level
Split Voice Chorus Send Level
Chorus
Sustain
28
Effects
31
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Effect Types
Harmony Types
No. Harmony Type Display Name Description
1 Duet Duet Harmony types 1 - 5 are pitch-based and add one-, two- or three-
note harmonies to the single-note melody played in the right hand.
These types only sound when chords are played in the auto accom-
paniment area of the keyboard.
2 Trio Trio
3 Block Block
4 Country Country
5 Octave Octave
6 Trill 1/4 note Tril1/4 Types 6 - 26 are rhythm-based effects and add embellishments or
delayed repeats in time with the auto accompaniment. These types
sound whether the auto accompaniment is on or not; however, the
actual speed of the effect depends on the Tempo setting (page 38).
The individual note values in each type let you synchronize the ef-
fect precisely to the rhythm. Triplet settings are also available: 1/6
= quarter-note triplets, 1/12 = eighth-note triplets, 1/24 = sixteenth-
note triplets.
• The Trill effect Types (6 - 12) create two-note trills (alternating
notes) when two notes are held.
• The Tremolo effect Types (13 - 19) repeat all held notes (up to
four).
• The Echo effect Types (20 - 26) create delayed repeats of each
note played.
7 Trill 1/6 note Tril1/6
8 Trill 1/8 note Tril1/8
9 Trill 1/12 note Tril1/12
10 Trill 1/16 note Tril1/16
11 Trill 1/24 note Tril1/24
12 Trill 1/32 note Tril1/32
13 Tremolo 1/4 note Trem1/4
14 Tremolo 1/6 note Trem1/6
15 Tremolo 1/8 note Trem1/8
16 Tremolo 1/12 note Trem1/12
17 Tremolo 1/16 note Trem1/16
18 Tremolo 1/24 note Trem1/24
19 Tremolo 1/32 note Trem1/32
20 Echo 1/4 note Echo1/4
21 Echo 1/6 note Echo1/6
22 Echo 1/8 note Echo1/8
23 Echo 1/12 note Echo1/12
24 Echo 1/16 note Echo1/16
25 Echo 1/24 note Echo1/24
26 Echo 1/32 note Echo1/32
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
29
Effects
32
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Reverb Types
Chorus Types
No. Reverb Type Display Name Description
1 Hall 1 Hall1 Concert hall reverb.
2 Hall 2 Hall2
3 Hall 3 Hall3
4 Room 1 Room1 Small room reverb.
5 Room 2 Room2
6 Stage 1 Stage1 Reverb for solo instruments.
7 Stage 2 Stage2
8 Plate 1 Plate1 Simulated steel plate reverb.
9 Plate 2 Plate2
10 Off Off No effect.
No. Chorus Type Display Name Description
1 Chorus 1 Chorus1 Conventional chorus program with rich, warm chorusing.
2 Chorus 2 Chorus2
3 Flanger 1 Flanger1 Pronounced three-phase modulation with a slight metallic sound.
4 Flanger 2 Flanger2
5 Off Off No effect.
30
33
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Selecting and Playing Styles
The EZ-250i provides dynamic rhythm/accompaniment patterns (styles) as well as voice set-
tings appropriate for each style for various popular musical categories.
A total of 100 different styles are available, in several different categories. Each style is made up of separate
“sections” — Intro, Main A and B, and Ending — letting you call up different accompaniment sections as you
perform.
The auto accompaniment features that are built into the rhythms add the excitement of instrumental backing to
your performance, letting you control the accompaniment by the chords you play. Auto accompaniment effec-
tively splits the keyboard into two areas: The upper is used for playing a melody line, and the lower (set by
default to keys F#2 and lower) is for the auto accompaniment function.
The EZ-250i also features the convenient Dictionary function (page 42). Dictionary provides you with a built-in
“chord encyclopedia” that teaches you how to play any chord you specify by showing you the appropriate notes
in the display.
1 Press the [STYLE] button.
2 Select the desired style number.
The categories of each styles and their numbers are shown
on the panel. A complete style list of the available styles is
given on page 75.
Selecting a Style
8BtModrn
001
001
Style number and name
31
Selecting and Playing Styles
34
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Use the numeric keypad.
Style numbers can be selected in the same way as with the voices (page 19).
You can use the numeric keypad to directly enter the style number, or use the
[+]/[–] buttons to step up and down through the styles.
The panel buttons below function as style controls.
1 Turn on the auto accompaniment.
Press the [ACMP ON/OFF] button to turn on (enable) the auto accompani-
ment.
Rhythm sounds and fill-in sec-
tions are not available when one
of the Pianist styles (#093 - #100)
are selected.
Playing the Styles
Pressing this button alter-
nately starts and stops
style playback.
Pressing this button alter-
nately enables and cancels
the bass and chord accom-
paniment. (See below.)
This controls the Intro, Ending
and Ritardand sections.
(See pages 36, 37.)
Pressing this button alter-
nately enables and cancels
the Sync Start function.
(See page 35.)
Pressing this button switches
between the Main A and Main B
sections, automatically adding a
fill-in pattern before changing the
section. (See page 39.)
8BtModrn
001
001
Indicates that auto
accompaniment is on.
32
Selecting and Playing Styles
35
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
2 Start the style.
You can do this in one of the following ways:
Pressing the [START/STOP] button
The rhythm starts playing immediately without bass and chord accompani-
ment. The currently selected Main A or B section will play.
You can select the Main A or B section by pressing the appropriate button —
[MAIN A/B] — before pressing the [START/STOP] button. (The display
shows the letter of the selected section: “MAIN A” or “MAIN B.”)
Using Tap Tempo to Start
This useful feature lets you tap out the speed (tempo) of the style and auto-
matically start the style at that tapped speed.
Simply tap the [TEMPO/TAP] button four times (or three times for a 3/4
time style), and the style starts automatically at the tempo you tapped. You
can also change the tempo while the style is playing by tapping the
[TEMPO/TAP] button twice at the desired tempo.
Using Sync Start
The EZ-250i also has a Sync Start function that allows you to start the style
by simply pressing a key on the keyboard. To use Sync Start, first press the
[SYNC START] button (the beat mark flashes to indicate Sync Start stand-
by), then press any key on the keyboard. (When auto accompaniment is on,
play a key or chord in the auto accompaniment area of the keyboard.)
MAIN A
Indicates selected section (Main A or B).
Auto accompaniment
area
33
Selecting and Playing Styles
36
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Starting with an Intro section
Each style has its own two- or four-measure Intro section. When used with the auto accompaniment, many of the
Intro sections also include special chord changes and embellishments to enhance your performance.
To start with an Intro section:
1) Press the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button — to select which section (A or B) is to follow the Intro.
2) Press the [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] button.
To actually start the Intro section, press the [START/STOP] button.
Using Sync Start with an Intro section
You can also use the Sync Start function with the special Intro section of the selected style.
To use Sync Start with an Intro section:
1) Press the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button — to select which section (A or B) is to follow the Intro.
2) Press the [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] button.
3) Press the [SYNC START] button to enable Sync Start, and start the Intro section and accompaniment by play-
ing any key on the keyboard. (When auto accompaniment is on, play a key or chord in the auto accompani-
ment area of the keyboard.)
MAIN A
Indicates selected section (Main A or B).
INTRO≥A
Indicates Intro standby.
MAIN A
Indicates selected section (Main A or B).
INTRO≥A
Indicates Intro standby.
Auto accompaniment
area
34
Selecting and Playing Styles
37
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
3 Change chords using the auto accompaniment feature.
Try playing a few successive chords with your left hand, and notice how the
bass and chord accompaniment change with each chord you play. (Refer to
page 40 for more information on how to use auto accompaniment.)
4 Stop the style.
You can do this in one of three ways:
Pressing the [START/STOP] button
The style stops playing immediately.
Using an Ending section
Press the [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] button. The style stops after the Ending
section is finished.
Pressing the [SYNC START] button
This immediately stops the style and automatically enables Sync Start, let-
ting you restart the style by simply playing a chord or key in the auto accom-
paniment area of the keyboard.
The [ACMP ON/OFF] button can
also be used to turn off and on
the bass/chord accompaniment
while playing — allowing you to
create dynamic rhythmic breaks
in your performance.
Chords played in the auto
accompaniment area of the key-
board are also detected and
played when the style is stopped.
In effect, this gives you a “split
keyboard,” with bass and chords
in the left hand and the normally
selected voice in the right.
ENDING
To have the Ending section gradually slow down (ritardando)
as it is playing, press the [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] button twice
quickly.
END/rit.
35
Selecting and Playing Styles
38
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
The tempo of style playback can be adjusted over a range of 32 - 280 bpm (beats
per minute).
1 Call up the Tempo setting.
Press the [TEMPO/TAP] button.
2 Change the value.
Use the numeric keypad to set the desired Tempo value, or use the [+]/[–]
buttons to increase or decrease the value.
Changing the Tempo
When style playback is stopped
and a different style is selected,
the tempo returns to the default
setting of the new style. When
switching styles during play-
back, the last tempo setting is
maintained. (This allows you to
keep the same tempo, even
when changing styles.)
Current Tempo value
TEMPO
128
001
Restoring the Default Tempo
Value
Each song and style has been
given a default or standard Tempo
setting. If you’ve changed the
Tempo, you can instantly restore
the default setting by pressing both
[+]/[–] buttons simultaneously
(when Tempo is selected).
You can also use the convenient
Tap Tempo function to change
the tempo by “tapping” a new
one in real time. (See page 35.)
About the Beat Display
This section of the display provides a convenient, easy-
to-understand indication of the rhythm — for song and
style playback. The flashing “metronome” icons indi-
cate both the downbeats and upbeats of a measure as fol-
lows:
Indicates the first beat of the measure
(downbeat)
Indicates an upbeat
Indicates a downbeat
(other than the first beat)
36
Selecting and Playing Styles
39
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
While the style is playing, you can add variation in the rhythm/accompaniment by
pressing the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button. This switches between the Main A and
Main B sections, automatically playing a fill-in pattern to smoothly lead into the
next section. For example, if the Main A section is currently playing, pressing this
button automatically plays a fill-in pattern, followed by the Main B section. (See
illustration below.)
You can also select either the Main A or B section to start by pressing the [MAIN/
AUTO FILL] button before starting the style.
The playback volume of the style can be adjusted in the Function mode (pa
ge 67).
This volume control affects only the Style volume. The volume range is 000 -
127.
Accompaniment Sections (Main A/B and Fill-ins)
FIll
A≥B
This appears while the fill-in
pattern is playing.
1234123412341233
...a fill-in pattern
plays from here...
...and the Main
A or B section
begins here.
If you press the
[MAIN/AUTO FILL]
button here, after
beat 4...
...a fill-in pattern
plays immediately
until the end of the
measure...
...and the Main A
or B section
begins here.
If you press the
[MAIN/AUTO FILL]
button before beat
4...
beat
1st measure 2nd measure 3rd measure
About the Fill-in Patterns
Adjusting the Style Volume
Style Volume cannot be changed
unless the Style mode is active.
37
Selecting and Playing Styles
40
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
When it is set to on (page 34), the auto accompaniment function automatically
generates bass and chord accompaniment for you to play along with, by using
Multi Fingering operation. You can change the chords of the accompaniment by
playing keys in the auto accompaniment area of the keyboard using either the
“Single Finger” or “Fingered” method. With Single Finger you can simply play a
one-, two- or three-finger chord indication (see Single Finger Chords below). The
Fingered technique is that of conventionally playing all the notes of the chord.
Whichever method you use, the EZ-250i “understands” what chord you indicate
and then automatically generates the accompaniment.
Single Finger Chords
Chords that can be produced in Single Finger operation are major, minor, seventh
and minor seventh. The illustration shows how to produce the four chord types.
(The key of C is used here as an example; other keys follow the same rules. For
example, Bb7 is played as Bb and A.)
Fingered Chords
Using the key of C as an example, the chart below shows the types of chords that
can be recognized in the Fingered mode.
Using Auto Accompaniment — Multi Fingering
C
Cm
C
7
Cm
7
To play a major chord:
Press the root note of
the chord.
To play a minor chord:
Press the root note
together with the nearest
black key to the left of it.
To play a seventh chord:
Press the root note
together with the nearest
white key to the left of it.
To play a minor seventh
chord: Press the root note
together with the nearest
white and black keys to
the left of it (three keys
altogether).
C
Cm
7
C
( )
CM
( )
7
C
(9)
C
( )
(9)
6
Caug
Cm
6
Cm
7
( )
Cm
b5
7
CmM
b5
7
Cm
( )
(9)
7
Cm
(9)
CmM
7
( )
CmM
(9)
7
( )
Cdim
Cdim
7
C
(9)
7
( )
C
(13)
7
( )
C
(b9)
7
( )
C
(b13)
7
Csus
4
C
1+2+5
C
b5
7
C
6
( )
( )
CM
7
(9)
7
CM
(#11)
( )
7
CM
b5
C
(b5)
( )
C
(#11)
7
C
(#9)
7
( )
C aug
7
Cm
7
(
11)
( )
( )
CM aug
7
( )
C sus
4
7
( )
Example for C chords
* Notes enclosed in parentheses are optional; the chords will be recognized without them.
38
Selecting and Playing Styles
41
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Chord Name/[Abbreviation] Normal Voicing Chord (C) Display
Major [M] 1 - 3 - 5 C C
Add ninth [(9)] 1 - 2 - 3 - 5 C(9) C(9)
Sixth [6] 1 - (3) - 5 - 6 C6 C6
Sixth ninth [6(9)] 1 - 2 - 3 - (5) - 6 C6(9) C6(9)
Major seventh [M7] 1 - 3 - (5) - 7 or
1 - (3) - 5 - 7
CM7 CM7
Major seventh ninth [M7(9)] 1 - 2 - 3 - (5) - 7 CM7(9) CM7(9)
Major seventh add sharp eleventh [M7(#11)] 1 - (2) - 3 - #4 - 5 - 7 or
1 - 2 - 3 - #4 - (5) - 7
CM7(#11) CM7(#11)
Flatted fifth [(b5)] 1 - 3 - b5C(b5) Cb5
Major seventh flatted fifth [M7b5] 1 - 3 - b5 - 7 CM7b5 CM7b5
Suspended fourth [sus4] 1 - 4 - 5 Csus4 Csus4
Augmented [aug] 1 - 3 - #5 Caug Caug
Major seventh augmented [M7aug] 1 - (3) - #5 - 7 CM7aug CM7aug
Minor [m] 1 - b3 - 5 Cm Cm
Minor add ninth [m(9)] 1 - 2 - b3 - 5 Cm(9) Cm(9)
Minor sixth [m6] 1 - b3 - 5 - 6 Cm6 Cm6
Minor seventh [m7] 1 - b3 - (5) - b7 Cm7 Cm7
Minor seventh ninth [m7(9)] 1 - 2 - b3 - (5) - b7 Cm7(9) Cm7(9)
Minor seventh add eleventh [m7(11)] 1 - (2) - b3 - 4 - 5 - (b7) Cm7(11) Cm7(11)
Minor major seventh [mM7] 1 - b3 - (5) - 7 CmM7 CmM7
Minor major seventh ninth [mM7(9)] 1 - 2 - b3 - (5) - 7 CmM7(9) CmM7(9)
Minor seventh flatted fifth [m7b5] 1 - b3 - b5 - b7 Cm7b5 Cm7b5
Minor major seventh flatted fifth [mM7b5] 1 - b3 - b5 - 7 CmM7b5 CmM7b5
Diminished [dim] 1 - b3 - b5 Cdim Cdim
Diminished seventh [dim7] 1 - b3 - b5 - 6 Cdim7 Cdim7
Seventh [7] 1 - 3 - (5) - b7 or
1 - (3) - 5 - b7
C7 C7
Seventh flatted ninth [7(b9)] 1 - b2 - 3 - (5) - b7 C7(b9) C7(b9)
Seventh add flatted thirteenth [7(b13)] 1 - 3 - 5 - b6 - b7 C7(b13) C7(b13)
Seventh ninth [7(9)] 1 - 2 - 3 - (5) - b7 C7(9) C7(9)
Seventh add sharp eleventh [7(#11)] 1 - (2) - 3 - #4 - 5 - b7 or
1 - 2 - 3 - #4 - (5) - b7
C7(#11) C7(#11)
Seventh add thirteenth [7(13)] 1 - 3 - (5) - 6 - b7 C7(13) C7(13)
Seventh sharp ninth [7(#9)] 1 - #2 - 3 - (5) - b7 C7(#9) C7(#9)
Seventh flatted fifth [7b5] 1 - 3 - b5 - b7C7b5C7b5
Seventh augmented [7aug] 1 - 3 - #5 - b7 C7aug C7aug
Seventh suspended fourth [7sus4] 1 - 4 - (5) - b7 C7sus4 C7sus4
One plus two plus five [1+2+5] 1 - 2 - 5 C1+2+5 C
Notes in parentheses can be
omitted.
• Playing two same root keys in the
adjacent octaves produces
accompaniment based only on
the root.
A perfect fifth (1 + 5) produces
accompaniment based only on
the root and fifth which can be
used with both major and minor
chords.
• The chord fingerings listed are all
in “root” position, but other inver-
sions can be used — with the fol-
lowing exceptions:
m7, m7
b
5, 6, m6, sus4, aug,
dim7, 7
b
5, 6(9), 1+2+5.
Inversion of the 7sus4 and
m7(11) chords are not recog-
nized if the notes shown in
parentheses are omitted.
The auto accompaniment will
sometimes not change when
related chords are played in
sequence (e.g. some minor
chords followed by the minor sev
-
enth).
Two-note fingerings will produce
a chord based on the previously
played chord.
39
Selecting and Playing Styles
42
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
The Dictionary function is essentially a built-in “chord book” that shows you the
individual notes of chords. It is ideal when you know the name of a certain chord
and want to quickly learn how to play it.
1 Press the [Dict.] button.
2 Specify the root of the chord.
Press the key on the keyboard that corresponds to the desired chord root (as
printed on the panel).
3 Specify the type of the chord (major, minor, seventh, etc.).
Press the key on the keyboard that corresponds to the desired chord type (as
printed on the panel).
Dictionary
Make sure to turn on the Light
Guide function when using the
Dictionary function.
Dict.
Dict.
001
Pressing this key selects
the root G.
Dict.
001
Pressing this key selects the major
seventh chord type (M7).
Notation of chord
Chord name (root and type)
For a few specific chords, not all
notes may be shown in the nota-
tion section of the display. This is
due to space limitations in the
display.
You can also show the inversion
of chord when using [+]/[–] but-
ton.
40
Selecting and Playing Styles
43
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
4 Play the chord.
Play the chord by pressing the keys that light in the ACMP area of the key-
board. The chord name flashes in the display when the correct notes are held
down. (Inversions for many of the chords are also recognized.)
To leave the Dictionary function, press the [Dict.] button again.
Dict.
001
Flashes when correct notes are held.
What is a Chord?
The simple answer: Three or more notes played simultaneously is a chord. (Two notes played
together is an “interval” — an interval being the distance between two different notes. This is also
referred to as a “harmony.”) Depending on the intervals between the three or more notes, a chord
can sound beautiful or muddy and dissonant.
The organization of notes in the example at left — a triad chord — pro-
duces a pleasant, harmonious sound. Triads are made up of three notes
and are the most basic and common chords in most music.
In this triad, the lowest note is the “root.” The root is the most important note in the chord, because
it anchors the sound harmonically by determining its “key” and forms the basis for how we hear the
other notes of the chord.
The second note of this chord is four semitones higher than the first, and the third is three semitones
higher than the second. Keeping our root note fixed and changing these notes by a semitone up or
down (sharp or flat), we can create four different chords.
Keep in mind that we can also change the “voicing” of a chord — for example, change the order of
the notes (called “inversions”), or play the same notes in different octaves — without changing the
basic nature of the chord itself.
Major chord
(ex. C)
Minor chord
(ex. Cm)
Augmented chord
(ex. Caug)
Diminished chord
(ex. Cdim)
Minor 3rd Major 3rd Major 3rd Minor 3rd Major 3rd Major 3rd Minor 3rd Minor 3rd
Inversion examples for the key of C
G
E
C
C
G
E
E
C
G
41
Selecting and Playing Styles
44
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Beautiful sounding harmonies can be built in this manner. The use of intervals and chords is one of
the most important elements in music. A wide variety of emotions and feelings can be created
depending on the types of chords used and the order in which they are arranged.
Writing Chord Names
Knowing how to read and write chord names is an easy yet invaluable skill. Chords are often writ-
ten in a kind of shorthand that makes them instantly recognizable (and gives you the freedom to
play them with the voicing or inversion that you prefer). Once you understand the basic principles
of harmony and chords, it’s very simple to use this shorthand to write out the chords of a song.
First, write the root note of the chord in an uppercase letter. If you need to specify sharp or flat,
indicate that to the right of the root. The chord type should be indicated to the right as well. Exam-
ples for the key of C are shown below.
One important point: Chords are made up of notes “stacked” on top of each other, and the stacked
notes are indicated in the chord name of the chord type as a number — the number being the dis-
tance of the note from the root. (See the keyboard diagram below.) For example, the minor 6th
chord includes the 6th note of the scale, the major 7th chord has the 7th note of the scale, etc.
The Intervals of the Scale
To better understand the intervals and the numbers
used to represent them in the chord name, study this
diagram of the C major scale:
Other Chords
Major chord
C
Minor chord
Cm
Augmented chord
Caug
Diminished chord
Cdim
For simple major chords, the type is omitted.
CDEFGABCDE
F
Root
2nd
4th
3rd
5th
7th
6th
Octave
11th
9th
Dominant 7th (flatted 7th)
Csus4
5th 4th
C7
Dominant
7th
Major chord
Cm7
Dominant
7th
Minor chord
CM7
7th Major chord
Cm7bb
bb
5
Dominant
7th
Diminished
chord
Cm6
Minor
chord
6th
C(9)
9th
* Bbb = A
Cdim7
Diminished 7th
(double flatted
7th)
Diminished
chord
42
45
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Selecting and Playing Songs
The Song mode features 80 special songs that have been created using the rich and dynamic
sounds of the EZ-250i.
The songs are generally for your listening enjoyment; however, you can also play along with them on the key-
board. The songs of the EZ-250i can also be used with the powerful Lesson feature (page 49), a convenient tool
that makes learning songs fun and easy.
You can also transfer song data from your computer to the EZ-250i for playback. For details, see page 58.
1 Press the [SONG] button.
2 Select the desired song number.
The categories of each song and their numbers are shown on the panel. A
complete list of the available songs is given on page 15.
Use the numeric keypad.
Song numbers can be selected in the same way as with the voices (page 19).
You can use the numeric keypad to directly enter the song number, or use the
[+]/[–] buttons to step up and down through the song.
Selecting a Song
HardDays
001
-03
Song number and name
43
Selecting and Playing Songs
46
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
The Panel buttons below function as Song controls.
1 Start the selected song.
Press the [START/STOP] button. As the song plays back, the measure num-
ber and playing keys are shown in the display.
2 Stop the song.
Press the [START/STOP] button. If playback was started by pressing the
[START/STOP] button, the selected song stops automatically.
Playing the Songs
Reverses the playback
position.
Starts and stops
song playback.
Pauses playback. Advances the playback
position.
Turns on the A-B Repeat
function (page 47).
You can play along with the song
using the currently selected
voice, or even select a different
voice for playing along. Simply
call up the Voice mode while the
song is playing back and select
the desired voice. (See page 23.)
Playing the Flash Memory Song
The EZ-250i can play a song loaded into its internal flash memory. To do this, you’ll need to connect the EZ-250i to
a personal computer, and use the “Song Filer” software to transmit the song from the computer.
For more information on Flash songs and Song Filer, refer to page 58.
Select the song number 081-180 using numeric keypad in the same way as preset songs.
44
Selecting and Playing Songs
47
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
The convenient A-B Repeat function is an ideal aid for practicing and learning. It
allows you to specify a phrase of a song (between point A and point B) and repeat
it — while you play or practice along with it.
1 While playing a song, set point A (the start point).
During playback, press the [A-B REPEAT] button once, at the beginning
point to be repeated.
2 Set point B (the end point).
As the song continues playing, press the [A-B REPEAT] button once again,
at the ending point to be repeated. The selected phrase repeats indefinitely
until stopped.
3 Pause or stop playback as needed.
Use the [ PAUSE] button or [START/STOP] button. Stopping playback
does not cancel the set A/B points or the A-B Repeat function.
4 Turn off the A-B Repeat function.
Press the [A-B REPEAT] button.
A-B Repeat
REPEAT
A-
006
006
The A and B points can only be
specified at the beginning of a
measure (beat 1), and not at any
point in the middle of a measure.
To set the A point to the begin-
ning of a song, press the [A-B
REPEAT] button before starting
playback.
If you’re repeat practicing a par-
ticularly difficult section, try slow-
ing down the Tempo to an
appropriate speed to make it eas
-
ier to play and master the part.
You may also want to slow down
the Tempo while setting the A
and B points; this makes it easier
to accurately set the points.
You can also set the A-B Repeat
function when the song is
stopped. Simply use the
[ REW] and [ FF] buttons to
select the desired measures,
pressing the [A-B REPEAT] but-
ton for each point, then start play
-
back.
REPEAT
A-b
012
012
REPEAT
oFF
45
Selecting and Playing Songs
48
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
The EZ-250i lets you play a melody on the keyboard along with each of the songs,
either with the original melody voice or one of your own selection. The conve-
nient Melody Voice Change feature takes this one step further — it lets you
replace the original voice used for the melody of the song with the panel voice of
your own selection. For example, if the current voice selected on the panel is
piano but the song’s melody is being played by a flute voice, using Melody Voice
Change will change the flute melody voice to piano.
1 Select the desired song.
Press the [SONG] button, then use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to
select the desired song. (See page 45.)
2 Select the desired voice.
Press the [VOICE] button, then use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to
select the desired voice. (See page 23.)
3 Press and hold down the [VOICE] button for at least one
second.
“MELODY VOICE CHANGE” appears in the display, indicating that the
selected panel voice has replaced the song’s original melody voice.
The playback volume of the song can be adjusted in the Function mode (page 67).
This volume control affects only the Song volume. The volume range is 000 -
127.
Melody Voice Change
Playing a voice which is selected
by the melody voice change may
differ from the original voice,
since the voice is added as an
effect for the selected song.
MELODY V
012
Adjusting the Song Volume
• Song Volume cannot be changed
unless the Song mode is active.
(This function becomes Style Vol
-
ume when the Style mode is
active.)
46
49
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Song Lesson
The Lesson feature provides an exceptionally fun and easy-to-use way to learn how to play the
keyboard. Lesson lets you practice the left- and right-hand parts of each song independently,
step by step, until youve mastered them and are ready to practice with both hands together.
These practices are divided into four Lesson steps, as described below. Lessons 1 - 3 apply to
each hand; press the appropriate button, L (left) or R (right) to select the desired part for prac-
tice. Try practicing with the Lessons, following the Light Guide.
Lesson 1 Timing
This lesson step lets you practice just the timing of the notes — any note
can be used, as long as you play in rhythm.
Lesson 2 Waiting
In this lesson step, the EZ-250i waits for you to play the correct notes
before continuing playback of the song.
Lesson 3 Minus One
This lesson step plays back the song with one part muted, letting you play
and master the missing part (following the Light Guide) yourself — in
rhythm and at the proper tempo.
Lesson 4 Both Hands
Lesson 4 is a “Minus One” practice essentially the same as Lesson 3,
except that both the left- and right-hand parts are muted — letting you play
and master both hands at the same time.
1 Select one of the Lesson songs.
Press the [SONG] button, then use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to
select the desired song.
Using the Lesson Feature
FurElise
020
47
Song Lesson
50
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
2 Select the part you wish to work on (left or right) and the
Lesson step.
If you want to work on the right-hand part, press the [R] button; to work on
the left, press the [L] button. Pressing either button repeatedly cycles
through the available Lesson steps in order: Lesson 1 Lesson 2 Lesson
3 Off Lesson 1, etc. The selected Lesson step is indicated in the dis-
play.
To select Lesson 4, press both [L] and [R] buttons simultaneously.
3 Start the Lesson.
The Lesson and song playback start automatically (following a lead-in
count) as soon as the Lesson step is selected. When the Lesson is finished,
your performance “grade” is shown in the display. After a short pause, the
Lesson begins again automatically.
4 Press the [START/STOP] button to stop the Lesson.
The EZ-250i exits from the Lesson feature automatically when the [START/
STOP] button is pressed.
Waiting
L2
MinusOne
L3
FurElise
020
r2
r3
Waiting
MinusOne
FurElise
020
Timing
L1
Timing
r1
(Song Lesson off)(Song Lesson off)
BothHand
Lr4
48
Song Lesson
51
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
This function allows you to select the track number of a loaded song from com-
puter (only SMF format 0).
The tr
ack number of the song can be specified in the Function mode (page 67)
This lesson step lets you practice just the timing of the notes — any note can be
used, as long as you play in rhythm. Pick a note to play. For the left hand, use a
note in the auto accompaniment area or play the appropriate left-hand note; for
the right, play a note above F#2. Simply concentrate on playing each note in time
with the rhythmic accompaniment.
1 Select one of the Lesson songs.
2 Select Lesson 1.
Press the [L] or [R] button (repeatedly, if necessary) until Lesson 1 is indicated
.
3 Play the appropriate melody or chord with the song.
After the lead-in, the song starts automatically, and the appropriate notes
appear in the display. In Lesson 1, simply play one note repeatedly in time
with the music.
Regarding chords and the use of the left hand, the EZ-250i actually has two
different types of songs: 1) songs with normal left-hand chords, and 2) songs
in which the left hand plays arpeggios or melodic figures in combination
with the right.
In the case of the first type, play the chords with your left hand in the auto
accompaniment area of the keyboard.
Select the Lesson Track
Lesson 1 — Timing
The melody note does not sound
unless your playing is in time with
the rhythm.
Make sure to turn on the Light
Guide function when using the
Lesson.
Timing
r1
Auto accompaniment
area
49
Song Lesson
52
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
In this lesson step, the EZ-250i waits for you to play the correct notes before con-
tinuing playback of the song. This lets you practice reading the music at your
own pace. The notes to be played are shown in the display, one after another, as
you play them correctly. The Light Guide shows you which keys to play.
1 Select one of the Lesson songs.
2 Select Lesson 2.
Press the [L] or [R] button (repeatedly, if necessary) until Lesson 2 is indi-
cated.
3 Play the appropriate melody or chord with the song.
After the lead-in, the song starts automatically, and the Light Guide shows
you which keys to play. In Lesson 2, play the correct notes at your own pace,
until you can master playing them in rhythm.
This lesson step lets you practice one part of the song in rhythm at the proper
tempo. The EZ-250i plays back the song with one part muted (either the left part
or the right)— letting you play and master the missing part yourself. The notes
you are to play are shown continuously in the display and Light Guide as the song
plays back.
1 Select one of the Lesson songs.
2 Select Lesson 3.
Press the [L] or [R] button (repeatedly, if necessary) until Lesson 3 is indi-
cated.
Lesson 2 — Waiting
Make sure to turn on the Light
Guide function when using the
Lesson.
Depending on the selected song,
the rhythm part may be muted for
Lesson 2.
Waiting
r2
Lesson 3 — Minus One
MinusOne
r3
50
Song Lesson
53
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
3 Play the appropriate part with the song.
After the lead-in, the song starts automatically, and the Light Guide shows
you which keys to play. In Lesson 3, listen carefully to the un-muted part,
and play the muted part yourself.
Lesson 4 is a “Minus One” practice essentially the same as Lesson 3, except that
both the left- and right-hand parts are muted — letting you play and master both
hands at the same time. Go on to this lesson step after you’ve mastered each
hand’s part in the previous three lesson steps. Practice both hands in time with the
rhythm along with the notation and Light Guide.
1 Select one of the Lesson songs.
2 Select Lesson 4.
Press the [L] and [R] buttons simultaneously, so that Lesson 4 is indicated.
3 Play both the left- and right-hand parts with the song.
After the lead-in, the song starts automatically, and the Light Guide shows
you which keys to play. In Lesson 4, both parts (left and right) are muted,
letting you play the entire song by yourself.
The Lesson feature has a built-in evaluation function that monitors your practicing
of the Lesson songs, and just like a real teacher, it indicates how well you did each
exercise. Four grades are assigned, depending on your performance: “Try Again,
“Good,” “Very Good!,” and “Excellent!.
Lesson 4 — Both Hands
BothHand
Lr4
Grade
51
54
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
MIDI Functions
Nearly all of the electronic musical instruments made today-particularly synthesizers, sequencers
and computer music related devices-use MIDI. MIDI is a worldwide standard that allows these
devices to send and receive performance and setting data. Naturally, this instrument lets you send
your keyboard performance as MIDI data, as well as that of the styles and panel settings.
The potential MIDI holds for your live performance and music creation/production is enor-
mous-simply by connecting this instrument to a computer and transmitting MIDI data. In this
section, you'll learn the basics of MIDI and the particular MIDI functions of this instrument.
No doubt you have heard the terms "acoustic instrument" and "digital instrument." In the world today,
these are the two main categories of instruments. Let's consider an acoustic piano and a classical guitar
as representative acoustic instruments. They are easy to understand. With the piano, you strike a key,
and a hammer inside hits some strings and plays a note. With the guitar, you directly pluck a string and
the note sounds. But how does a digital instrument go about playing a note?
As shown in the illustration above, in an electronic instrument the sampling note (previously
recorded note) stored in the tone generator section (electronic circuit) is played based on informa-
tion received from the keyboard. So then what is the information from the keyboard that becomes
the basis for note production?
For example, let's say you play a "C" quarter note using the grand piano sound on the instrument.
Unlike an acoustic instrument that puts out a resonated note, the electronic instrument puts out
information from the keyboard such as "with what voice," "with which key," "about how strong,"
"when was it pressed," and "when was it released." Then each piece of information is changed into
a number value and sent to the tone generator. Using these numbers as a basis, the tone generator
plays the stored sampling note.
Example of Keyboard Information
Voice number (with what voice) 01 (grand piano)
Note number (with which key) 60 (C3)
Note on (when was it pressed) and
note off (when was it released)
Timing expressed numerically (quarter note)
Velocity (about how strong) 120 (strong)
What Is MIDI?
Acoustic guitar note production Digital instrument note production
Pluck a string and the body
resonates the sound.
Based on playing information from the keyboard, a
sampling note stored in the tone generator is played
through the speakers.
LR
Tone Generator
(Electronic circuit)
Sampling
Note
Sampling
Note
Playing the keyboard
52
MIDI Functions
55
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Your keyboard performance and all panel operations of this instrument are processed as MIDI
data. The auto accompaniment patterns (styles) are also made up of MIDI data.
MIDI is an acronym that stands for Musical Instrument Digital Interface and it allows different
musical instruments and devices to instantly communicate with each other, via digital data. The
MIDI standard is used all over the world and was designed to transmit performance data between
electronic musical instruments. (and computers).
MIDI messages can be divided into two groups: Channel messages and System messages.
Channel Messages
This instrument is capable of handling 16 MIDI channels simultaneously—mean-
ing it can play up to sixteen different instruments at the same time. Channel mes-
sages transmit information such as Note ON/OFF, Program Change, for each of
the 16 channels.
System Messages
This is data that is used in common by the entire MIDI system. System messages
include messages like Exclusive Messages that transmit data unique to each
instrument manufacturer and Realtime Messages that control the MIDI device.
The messages transmitted/received by the EZ-250i are shown in the MIDI Imple-
mentation Chart on page 78.
Message Name EZ-250i Operation/Panel Setting
Note ON/OFF Messages which are generated when the keyboard is played. Each
message includes a specific note number which corresponds to the
key which is pressed, plus a velocity value based on how hard the
key is stuck.
Program Change Voice number (along with corresponding bank select MSB/LSB set-
tings, if necessary).
Control Change Messages that are used to change some aspect of the sound (vol-
ume, etc.).
Message Name EZ-250i Operation/Panel Setting
Exclusive Message Reverb setting, etc.
Realtime Messages Clock, Start/stop operations
GM System Level 1
“GM System Level 1” is an addition to the MIDI standard which ensures that any GM-compatible
music data can be accurately played by any GM-compatible tone generator, regardless of manufac-
turer. The GM mark is affixed to all software and hardware products that support GM System Level
1. The EZ-250i supports GM System Level 1.
53
MIDI Functions
56
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Connecting this instrument to a computer enables a wide range of powerful and
useful musical possibilties. You can transfer MIDI data back and forth with your
computer for music recording/playback, and with the special Song Filer software
(contained in the included CD-ROM), you can copy data from your computer to
memory card.
Connect one end of a USB cable to the USB terminal on the rear panel of this
instrument to the USB terminal on your computer. You'll also need to install the
USB-MIDI driver (also in the included CD-ROM) to your computer. For details,
see the “CD-ROM Installation Guide”.
Connecting to a Personal Computer
Viewing the Notation for MIDI
Channel 1
The EZ-250i has a special func-
tion that lets you view the notes
of the MIDI data (channel 1 only)
on the display.
EZ-250i
Computer
(sequencer software)
USB Cable
MIDI LSB Receive Cancel
Determines whether the LSB data of Bank Select is received or
not. Press and hold the lowest key and turn on the power to change
the setting (LSB is ignored).
To restore MIDI LSB Receive Cancel to normal (LSB is recog-
nized), turn on the power again normally.
54
MIDI Functions
57
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
This function lets you enable or disable keyboard control over the EZ-250i’s
voices in the Function mode (pa
ge 67). This would come in handy, for example,
when recording notes to MIDI sequencer. If you are using the sequencer to play
back the voices of the EZ-250i, you would want to set this to “off” — in order to
avoid getting “double” notes, both from the keyboard and from the sequencer.
Normally, when playing the EZ-250i by itself, this should be set to “on.
This determines whether the style and song playback functions are controlled by
the PortaTone’s internal clock (off) or by MIDI clock data from an external
sequencer or computer (on).
This should be set to on when you want to have style or song playback follow the
external device (such as a rhythm machine or a sequencer). The default setting is
off.
These settings can be made in the Function mode (pa
ge 67).
The most common use for the Initial Setup Send function is in recording a song
on a sequencer that is intended for playback with the EZ-250i. Essentially, this
takes a “snapshot” of the EZ-250i settings and sends that data to the sequencer.
By recording this “snapshot” at the start of the song (before any actual perfor-
mance data), you can instantly restore the necessary settings on the EZ-250i in the
Function mode (pa
ge 67). Provided there is a pause in the song, you could also do
this in the middle of a song — for example, completely changing the EZ-250i set-
tings for the next section of the song.
Local Control
No sound is output from the
EZ-250i when Local ON/OFF is
set to OFF.
External Clock
If External Clock is set to ON,
style or song playback will not
start unless external clock are
received.
Using Initial Setup Send with a Sequencer
When the Initial Setup Send
operation is completed, the EZ-
250i automatically returns to the
previous panel condition.
55
MIDI Functions
58
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
The PC Mode lets you instantly reconfigure the MIDI control settings for use with
a computer or MIDI device.
To turn the PC mode on or off:
Press the [PC] button and then press the appropriate [+]/[–] button. This switches
between the PC Mode on/off settings.
The EZ-250i’s internal flash memory enables you to save song data transmitted from a connected per-
sonal computer. You can play or practice Flash songs (saved in flash memory) in the same way as preset
songs.
To transmit song data from a personal computer to the EZ-250i, you first need to install the “Song
Filer” application to your computer.
The total number of songs that can be loaded will depend on the data size of the songs. As an example,
about 20, 20-kilobyte songs can be loaded.
Installing Song Filer
You can install the “Song Filer” application from the included CD-ROM (see
page 60).
Yamaha PK CLUB (Portable Keyboard Home Page)
http://www.yamahaPKclub.com/
PC mode is on PC mode is off
LOCAL ON/OFF OFF ON
PC Mode
No sound is output from the
EZ-250i when Local ON/OFF is
set to OFF.
PC Mode
on
A "Can't Set" message appears in
the display when the USB terminal
is not connected to another device.
Loading a Song into EZ-250i’s Flash Memory
Song data that can be saved in ash memory:
The number of songs: max. 100 songs (Song #081–#180)
• Available memory: 448 KB
• Data format: SMF format 0
Visit the Yamaha PK CLUB web-
site for more information on the
latest version of Song Filer (ver-
sion 2.0.0 or higher) and how to
install it.
56
MIDI Functions
59
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Song Filer • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
After you install Song Filer and connect the EZ-250i to the computer, you can use
the two functions described below.
Transmit Files
You can transmit song files from your computer to your EZ-250i’s Flash
Memory.
Manage Files on Flash Memory
You can delete and rename files in your EZ-250i’s Flash Memory from your
computer.
System requirements for Song Filer:
[Windows]
OS: Windows 95/98/Me/2000/XP
CPU: Pentium/100MHz or faster
Available Memory: 8MB or more
Free space in Hard Disk: 2MB or more
Display: 800 x 600, 256 colors or more
[Macintosh]
OS: Mac OS 7.5 through 9.2.2
( OSX and Mac Classic environ-
ments are not supported)
CPU: Power PC or upper
Available Memory: 8MB or more
Free space in Hard Disk: 2MB or more
Display:
800 x 600, 256 colors or mor
e
Refer to page 56 for information
on connecting the EZ-250i to a
computer.
You cannot use the Song Filer’s
“Receive Files” function with the
EZ-250i.
For more information on using
Song Filer, refer to the PDF man-
ual included in the Song Filer
application.
EZ-250i
Computer
USB Cable
Never attempt to turn the
power off while transmitting
song data. Doing so will not
only result in failure to save
the data, but also make the
internal flash memory unsta-
ble. It may also clear all the
data residing in the flash mem-
ory when turning the power on
and off.
Saved data in the instrument
may be lost due to malfunction
or incorrect operation. Retain
important data to your com-
puter or floppy disk.
Selecting a right & left hand guide track
You can select a track in the Function mode (page 67) to guide your right and left hand fingering during the Lesson
(page 51).
This function is available only when you select a flash memory song (SMF format 0).
57
60
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide
SPECIAL NOTICES
The software and this Installation Guide are exclusive copyrights of
Yamaha Corporation.
Use of the software and this guide is governed by the SOFTWARE
LICENSING AGREEMENT which the purchaser fully agrees to upon
breaking the seal of the software packaging. (Please read carefully the
AGREEMENT on pages
3
and
65
before installing the application.)
Copying of the software or reproduction of this guide in whole or in
part by any means is expressly forbidden without the written consent of
the manufacturer.
Yamaha makes no representations or warranties with regard to the use
of the software and documentation and cannot be held responsible for
the results of the use of this guide and the software.
This disc is a CD-ROM. Do not attempt to play the disc on an audio CD
player. Doing so may result in irreparable damage to your audio CD player.
Copying of the commercially available music data is strictly prohibited
except for your personal use.
The company names and product names in this Installation Guide are
the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.
Future upgrades of application and system software and any changes in
specifications and functions will be announced separately.
Depending on the version of your operating system, the screen shots
and messages shown in this guide may differ to those that you see on
your computer screen.
The applications in this CD-ROM are provided in versions for both Windows
and Macintosh operating systems. The installation procedure and the applica-
tions themselves differ depending on the operating system that you are using.
For Windows
For Macintosh
*1 Song Filer cannot be used with the instrument when the instrument is in one of the following conditions. • Demo song mode
*2 The applications are supplied with online/PDF manuals.
*3 Unfortunately, Yamaha makes no guarantee concerning the stability of these programs nor can it offer user support for them.
The following steps are the same for both Windows and Macintosh.
Application/Data Name Folder Name Contents
Song Filer
*1 *2
SongFiler Enables control/organization of the instrument’s song data on the computer.
USB Driver for Windows 98/Me USBdrv_
Enables communication between the MIDI instrument and your computer via a USB connection (for the
indicated version of Windows).
USB Driver for Windows 2000/XP USBdrv2k_
YMIA Introduction HTML SampleSongs
Enables you to take advantage (via the Internet) of the most up to date music software and tools,
enhancing your MIDI instrument experience.
Acrobat Reader
*2 *3
Acroread_ PDF (Portable Document Format) viewer. Enables you to view each PDF manual for the applications.
KEYBOARDMANIA KMYE Enables playing the game or lesson.
Application/Data Name Folder Name Contents
Song Filer
*1 *2
SongFiler Enables control/organization of the instrument’s song data on the computer.
Open Music System (OMS)
*2
OMS_
Enables you to use several MIDI applications on the Mac OS.
OMS Setup for YAMAHA
*2
Contains the OMS setup files for the Yamaha MIDI instrument.
USB Driver USBdrv_
Enables your computer to communicate with the MIDI instrument when your computer and the MIDI
instrument are connected using a USB cable.
YMIA Introduction HTML SampleSongs
Enables you to take advantage (via the Internet) of the most up to date music software and tools,
enhancing your MIDI instrument experience.
Acrobat Reader
*2 *3
Acroread_ PDF (Portable Document Format) viewer. Enables you to view each PDF manual for the applications.
Contents of CD-ROM
• Never attempt to play back the included
CD-ROM on an audio CD player. Doing so
may result in damage to your hearing as
well as to your CD player/audio speakers.
CD-ROM Installation Procedure
Verify that your system meets the operating requirements of
the software (Song Filer, driver, etc.)
See the Minimum System Requirements.
Insert the CD-ROM to your computer.
Click the “cancel” dialog in initial display (Windows only).
Connect the instrument to your computer.
Refer to page 56 for details on connections.
Install the appropriate driver to your computer, and make the
necessary settings.
See page 61 (Windows) or page 63 (Macintosh).
Eject the CD-ROM.
Install the software (KEYBOARDMANIA (Windows only),
Song Filer, etc.).
Acrobat Reader/YAMAHA USB MIDI Driver:
See page 61 (Windows) or page 63 (Macintosh).
Insert the CD-ROM.
Click the “install” dialog of KEYBOARDMANIA or Song
Filer (Windows only). Refer to “Installing Song Filer” for
Macintosh on page 64
For subsequent operations, refer to the owner’s manual for each
software program (online help/PDF manual).
Depending on the computer system you are using, some types of
connections may not be possible.
In order to view PDF files, you will need to install Acrobat Reader in
your computer.
See page 61 (Windows) or page 63 (Macintosh).
58
Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide
61
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
For Windows
For Macintosh
Data Name OS CPU Memory Hard Disk Display Other
Song Filer
Windows 95/98/98SE/Me/2000/
XP Home Edition/XP Professional
100 MHz or higher;
Intel® Pentium®/Cele-
ron® processor family
8 MB or more
2 MB or more
800 x 600, 256
colors or more
USB Driver for
Windows 98/Me
Windows 98/98SE/Me
166 MHz or higher;
Intel® Pentium®/Cele-
ron®
processor family
32 MB or more
——
USB Driver for
Windows 2000/XP
Windows 2000/XP Home Edition/
XP Professional
——
KEYBOARDMANIA
Windows 98/Me/2000/XP Home
Edition/XP Professional
266 MHz or higher;
Pentium®/Celeron®
32 MB or more
500 MB or more
640 x 480 High
Color (16bit)
Data Name OS CPU Memory Hard Disk Display Other
Song Filer
Mac OS 7.5 through OS 9.22
(The Mac OS X and Mac Classic
environments are not supported)
A Macintosh computer
with a PowerPC or
later CPU.
8 MB or more
2 MB or more
800 x 600, 256
colors or more
USB Driver
Mac OS 8.6 through OS 9.22
(The Mac OS X and Mac Classic
environments are not supported)
64 MB or more
(128 MB or more
is recommended)
OMS 2.3.3 or
later (included in
the CD-ROM in
the package)
Minimum System Requirements
Software Installation
Acrobat Reader
In order to view the electronic (PDF) manuals included with each
application, you’ll need to install Acrobat Reader.
Double-click on the “Acroread_” folder.
Four different language folders will be displayed.
Select the language you want to use and double-click on its folder.
The file “ar***.exe” file will be displayed. (“***” indicates
the selected language.)
Double-click on “ar***.exe.
Acrobat Reader Setup Dialog box will be displayed.
Execute the installation by following the on-screen directions.
After installation is complete, the Acrobat folder appears on your
PC (in Program Files, as the default).
For information on using the Acrobat Reader, refer to the Reader
Guide in the Help menu.
USB MIDI Driver
To operate the MIDI instrument from your computer via USB,
you’ll need to install the appropriate driver software.
The USB-MIDI driver is software that transfers MIDI data back
and forth between sequence software and the MIDI instrument
via a USB cable.
For Windows Users
Uninstall (Removing the installed application)
You can remove the installed application software.
Windows 98/ME
Select [START] [Settings] [Control Panel] [Add/
Remove Programs] [Install/Uninstall], then select the
application to be removed and click [Add/Remove...].
Follow the on-screen instructions to uninstall the application.
Windows 2000/XP
Select [START] [Control Panel] [Add/Remove Programs],
then select the application to be removed and click [Remove].
Follow the on-screen instructions to uninstall the application.
For details about the application software which has no installation
guide described below, refer to the online manual of each software.
The button names or menus may differ depending on the computer OS.
If an older version of Acrobat Reader is installed on your PC, you’ll
need to uninstall it before proceeding.
EZ-250i
Driver
USB cable
MIDI instrument
Computer
Sequence
Software
Before you install the USB MIDI driver, you can minimize the possibil-
ity of problems by putting your computer in the following state.
Close all applications and windows that you are not using.
Disconnect all cables from the MIDI instrument except for the
cable whose driver you are installing.
59
Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide
63
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Software Installation
Acrobat Reader
In order to view the electronic (PDF) manuals included with each
application, you’ll need to install Acrobat Reader.
Double-click on the “Acroread_” folder.
Four different language folders will be displayed: English,
German, French and Spanish.
Select the language you want to use and double-click on its
folder.
“Reader Installer” will be displayed.
The Installer name may differ depending on the language you
select.
Double-click on the “Reader Installer.
Acrobat Reader Setup Dialog will be displayed.
Execute the installation by following the directions appearing
on the screen.
After installation is complete, the Acrobat folder appears on
your computer (in Hard Disk, as the default).
For information on using the Acrobat Reader, refer to the
Reader Guide in the Help menu.
Open Music System (OMS)
OMS allows you to use several MIDI applications on the Mac OS
at the same time.
Double-click on the “OMS_” folder (English version only).
“Install OMS *****” will be displayed.
Double-click on “Install OMS *****.
OMS Setup Dialog will be displayed.
Execute the installation by following the on-screen directions.
After the installation, select “Restart.
After restarting the Macintosh, you will find the “Opcode”/
“OMS Applications” folder on your computer (Hard Disk, as
the default).
Copy the “OMS_***_Mac.pdf” in the CD-ROM to the “OMS
Applications” folder (drag-and-drop it to the folder).
Refer to the “OMS_***_Mac.pdf” (English version only)
how to use the application.
Copy the “OMS Setup for YAMAHA” in the CD-ROM to the
“OMS Applications” folder (drag-and-drop it to the folder).
In the “OMS Setup for YAMAHA” folder you will find the
OMS Setup files for the Yamaha tone generators, which can
be used as templates.
USB MIDI Driver
To operate the MIDI instrument from your computer via USB,
you’ll need to install the appropriate driver software.
The USB-MIDI driver is software that transfers MIDI data back
and forth between sequence software and the MIDI instrument
via a USB cable.
First install OMS before you install the USB-MIDI driver. Also,
after installing the driver, you will need to set up OMS (see page
64).
Start the computer.
Insert the included CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive. The
system displays the CD-ROM icon on the desktop.
Double-click the CD-ROM icon and double-click the “Install
USB Driver” icon in the “USBdrv_” folder to display the fol-
lowing installation screen.
The “Install Location” box displays the destination of the
installation. If you wish to change the destination disk or
folder, use the [Switch Disk] button and the pop-up menu to
specify the desired destination.
Click the [Install] button. The system displays the following
message: “This installation requires your computer to restart
after installing this software. Click Continue to automatically
quit all other running applications.” Click [Continue].
For Macintosh Users
After the installation is complete, you may possibly encounter an
error message warning that the installer did not close. In this
case, go to the “File” menu and select “Quit” to close the installer.
Then reboot the computer.
EZ-250i
Driver
USB cable
MIDI instrument
Computer
Sequence
Software
OMS
This box usually displays the start-up disk as the destination.
To cancel the installation, click [Cancel].
61
Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide
64
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
The installation starts. If the driver has alreadybeen installed,
the following message appears. To return to step , press
[Continue]. To complete the installation, click [Quit].
When the installation is complete, the system displays the fol-
lowing message: “Installation was successful. You have
installed software which requires you to restart your com-
puter.” Click [Restart]. The computer automatically restarts.
You can locate the installed files in the following locations:
[System Folder] [Control Panels] [YAMAHA USB
MIDI Patch]
[System Folder] [Extensions] [USB YAMAHA
MIDI Driver]
[System Folder] [OMS Folder] [YAMAHA USB
MIDI OMS Driver]
Installing Song Filer
Double-click on the “SongFiler_” folder in the CD-ROM.
“Install Song Filer” file will be displayed.
Double-click on the “Install Song Filer” file.
The Song Filer installation dialog will be displayed. Execute
the installation by following the on-screen directions.
After installing, restart the computer.
For instructions and operation details, refer to the online help and
PDF manual.
* For the latest version of Song Filer, go to the following web-
site.
http://www.yamahapkclub.com./english/download/
songler/songler.htm
The OMS studio setup file for the MIDI instrument is contained
in the included CD-ROM. This studio setup file is used for setting
up OMS.
Use a USB cable to connect the USB terminal of the com-
puter (or the USB hub) to the USB terminal of the MIDI
instrument and turn the MIDI instrument’ power on.
Start the computer.
Insert the included CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of your
Macintosh computer.
The CD-ROM icon appears on the desktop.
Double-click on the CD-ROM icon, “OMS_”, and “OMS
Setup for YAMAHA.
The file “****-USB” appears. (“****” indicates the product
name, etc.) Copy this to the hard disk on your computer.
Double-click on the “****-USB” file to start the OMS Setup.
After starting the OMS Setup, the Studio setup file double-
clicked in step opens.
The OMS studio setup has been completed.
Select “Custom Installation” if you want to access PDF manuals
in languages other than English.
Setting up OMS
Before performing the following procedure, the OMS and USB
MIDI Driver should be installed (see page 63).
Indicates this setup is available
If “ is not indicated at the left of the setup file name, select
“Make Current” from the “File” menu and execute the save opera-
tion.
After the OMS studio setup above has been completed, your com-
puter will recognize only the MIDI instrument as a MIDI instrument. If
you use another MIDI instrument in addition to the MIDI instrument or
you add a second MIDI instrument to the existing system, you should
create an original Studio Setup file. For details, refer to the on-line
manual supplied with the OMS.
62
Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide
65
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
SOFTWARE LICENSING
AGREEMENT
The following is a legal agreement between you, the end user,
and Yamaha Corporation (“Yamaha”). The enclosed Yamaha soft-
ware program is licensed by Yamaha to the original purchaser for
use only on the terms set forth herein. Please read this licensing
agreement with care. Opening this package indicates that you
accept all terms outlined herein. If you do not agree to the terms,
return this package unopened to Yamaha for a full refund. In the
event that you obtained the enclosed Yamaha software program(s)
as a part of a software package or software bundled with a hard-
ware product, you may not return the enclosed Yamaha software
program(s) to Yamaha.
1. GRANT OF LICENSE AND COPYRIGHT
Yamaha grants you, the original purchaser, the right to use one copy
of the enclosed software program and data (“SOFTWARE”) on a sin-
gle-user computer system. You may not use it on more than one com-
puter or computer terminal. The SOFTWARE is owned by Yamaha
and is protected by Japanese copyright laws and all applicable inter-
national treaty provisions. You are entitled to claim ownership of the
media in which the SOFTWARE is included. Therefore, you must
treat the SOFTWARE like any other copyrighted materials.
2. RESTRICTIONS
The SOFTWARE program is copyrighted. You may not engage in
reverse engineering or reproduction of the SOFTWARE by other
conceivable methods. You may not reproduce, modify, change, rent,
lease, resell, or distribute the SOFTWARE in whole or in part, or cre-
ate derivative works from the SOFTWARE. You may not transmit or
network the SOFTWARE with other computers. You may transfer
ownership of the SOFTWARE and the accompanying written materi-
als on a permanent basis provided that you retain no copies and the
recipient agrees to the terms of the licensing agreement.
3. TERMINATION
The licensing condition of the software program becomes effective
on the day that you receive the SOFTWARE. If any one of the copy-
right laws or clauses of the licensing conditions is violated, the
licensing agreement shall be terminated automatically without notice
from Yamaha. In this case, you must destroy the licensed SOFT-
WARE and its copies immediately.
4. PRODUCT WARRANTY
Yamaha warrants to the original purchaser that if the SOFTWARE,
when used in normal conditions, will not perform the functions
described in the manual provided by Yamaha, the sole remedy will be
that Yamaha will replace any media which proves defective in materi-
als or workmanship on an exchange basis without charge. Except as
expressly set forth above, the SOFTWARE is provided “as is,” and no
other warranties, either expressed or implied, are made with respect
to this software, including, without limitation the implied warranties
of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose.
5. LIMITED LIABILITY
Your sole remedies and Yamaha’s entire liability are as set forth
above. In no event will Yamaha be liable to you or any other person
for any damages, including without limitation any incidental or con-
sequential damages, expenses, lost profits, lost savings or other dam-
ages arising out of the use or inability to use such SOFTWARE even
if Yamaha or an authorized dealer has been advised of the possibility
of such damages, or for any claim by any other party.
6. GENERAL
This license agreement shall be interpreted according to and gov-
erned by Japanese laws.
Depending on the Macintosh and operating system version
that you are using, the included studio setup file for the
MIDI instrument still may not work even after you have
performed the above steps. (MIDI transmission and recep-
tion will not be possible even if the setup is valid.)
In this case, use the following procedure to re-create the
setup file.
Connect the MIDI instrument and Macintosh via USB
cable, and turn on the power of the MIDI instrument.
Start up OMS Setup, and from the “File” menu, choose
“New setup.
The OMS driver search dialog box will appear.
Uncheck both [Modem] and [Printer] if you are using a
USB connection.
Click the [Find] button to search for the device.
When a device has been found, the OMS Driver Setting
dialog box will display “USB-MIDI.
If the device was found correctly, click the [OK]
button to proceed.
If the device was not found, re-check that the cable
connections are correct, and repeat the procedure
from step
.
Make sure that the port is shown below the device that
was found. (This will be a name such as USB-MIDI.)
Check the check box for the port, and then click the
[OK] button.
A dialog box will appear, allowing you to name the file
that will be saved. Input the desired filename, and click
[Save].
This completes the OMS setup.
From the “Studio” menu, choose “Test,” and click the
port icon.
If a channel sounds on the MIDI instrument, the system
is operating correctly.
For details on using OMS, refer to “OMS_***_Mac.pdf,
included with OMS.
63
66
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Function
The EZ-250i has a variety of settings in the Function parameters.
These give you detailed control over many of the EZ-250is features.
1 Select a Function name.
Press the [FUNCTION] button, repeatedly if necessary, until appropriate
Function name is appear in the display.
2 Input the appropriate value or use the [+]/[] buttons to set
the selected Function.
Function parameters
CATEGORY SELECT Display Range/
Settings
Description
Overall Transpose Transpos -12–12 This determines the transposition of the entire EZ-250i sound. *
Tuning Tuning -100–100 This determines the pitch of the entire EZ-250i sound . *
Split Point SplitPnt 000–127 This determines the highest key for the Split voice and sets the Split “point”
— in other words, the key that separates the Split (lower) and Main (upper)
voices. (The Split voice sounds up to and including the Split Point key.) The
default Split Point is 054 (F#2). The Split Point setting and Accompaniment
Split Point setting are automatically set to the same value.
*
Touch Sensitivity TouchSns 1–3 A setting of “1” results in limited touch response; this setting produces a rel-
atively narrow dynamic range, no matter how lightly or strongly you play
the keys. “2” lets you play over a normal dynamic range (soft to loud), while
“3” is designed for playing very soft passages, giving you slightly more de-
tailed control in the soft volume range. When Touch is turned off (page 27),
a constant velocity value of 80 is produced (total velocity range = 0–127).
*
Sustain On/Off Sustain On/Off This determines the Sustain on or off.
Press the [+]/[-] buttons to set Sustain to on or off.
*
Using the Function parameters
To save the Function parameters
and the Touch on/off status to
internal memory (flash memory),
press and hold the [FUNCTION]
button. (See page 68.)
Transpos
00
Transpos
02
To input a negative value, simul-
taneously hold the [–] button and
enter the number.
64
Function
67
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
* The “*” mark indicates that the setting can be restored to default value by pressing both [+]/[–] buttons simultaneously.
Volume Style Volume StyleVol 0–127 This determines the volume of the style, letting you create an optimum mix
with your performance.
*
Song Volume SongVol 0–127 This determines the volume of the Song. *
Metronome
Volume
MtrVol 0–127 This determines the volume of the Metronome. *
Metronome Time
Signature
TimeSig 0–15 This determines the time signature of the Metronome. *
Main Voice Volume M.Volume 0–127 This determines the volume of the Main voice, letting you create an opti-
mum mix with the Dual or Split voice.
*
Octave M.Octave -2–2
(octave)
This determines the octave range for the Main voice. Use this to set the
most suitable range for the Main voice.
*
Reverb Send
Level
M.RevLvl 0–127 This determines how much of the Main voice’s signal is sent to the Reverb
effect. Higher values result in a louder Reverb effect.
*
Chorus Send
Level
M.ChoLvl 0–127 This determines how much of the Main voice’s signal is sent to the Chorus
effect. Higher values result in a louder Chorus effect.
*
Dual Voice Voice D.Voice 1–480 This select the dual voice.
Volume D.Volume 0–127 This determines the volume of the Dual voice, letting you create an opti-
mum mix with the Main voice.
*
Octave D.Octave -2–2
(octave)
This determines the octave range for the Dual voice. Use this to create an
octave layer for the Dual voice.
*
Reverb Send
Level
D.RevLvl 0–127 This determines how much of the Dual voice’s signal is sent to the Reverb
effect. Higher values result in a louder Reverb effect for the Dual voice.
*
Chorus Send
Level
D.ChoLvl 0–127 This determines how much of the Dual voice’s signal is sent to the Chorus
effect. Higher values result in a louder Chorus effect for the Dual voice.
*
Split Voice Voice S.Voice 1–480 This select the split voice.
Volume S.Volume 0–127 This determines the volume of the Split voice, letting you create an opti-
mum mix with the Main voice.
*
Octave S.Octave -2–2
(octave)
This determines the octave range for the Split voice. Use this to set the
most suitable range for the Split (lower) voice.
*
Reverb Send
Level
S.RevLvl 0–127 This determines how much of the Split voice’s signal is sent to the Reverb
effect. Higher values result in a louder Reverb effect for the Split voice.
*
Chorus Send
Level
S.ChoLvl 0–127 This determines how much of the Split voice’s signal is sent to the Chorus
effect. Higher values result in a louder Chorus effect for the Split voice.
*
Effect/
Harmony
Reverb Type Reverb 1–10 This determines the Reverb type (See the list on page 32). *
Chorus Type Chorus
1–5
This determines the Chorus type, including “off” (See the list on page 32). *
Harmony Type HarmType 1–26 This determines the Harmony type (See the list on page 31). *
Harmony Volume HarmVol 0–127 This determines the level of the Harmony effect when Harmony type 1-5 is
selected, letting you create the optimum mix with the original melody note.
*
Utility Local On/Off Local On/Off This determines the Local on or off.
Press the [+]/[–] buttons to set Local Control to on or off.
*
External Clock ExtClock On/Off This determines the External clock or Internal clock.
Press the [+]/[–] buttons to set External clock or Internal clock.
*
Initial
Setup Send
InitSend YES/NO This lets you save PortaTone initial data to another device (such as a se-
quencer, computer, or MIDI data filer).
Use the [+/ON] button to transmit the data.
Lesson Track (R) R-Part 1–16 This determines the track number for your right hand lesson.
This setting is effective only loaded song.
*
Lesson Track (L) L-Part 1–16 This determines the track number for your left hand lesson.
This setting is effective only loaded song.
*
Demo Cancel D-Cancel On/Off This determines the Demo Cancel is enabled or not.
Press the [+]/[-] buttons to set Demo Cancel to on or off.
Backup Clear BkupClr? YES/NO This determines the Internal Flash Memory is initialized or not.
CATEGORY SELECT Display Range/
Settings
Description
65
68
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Data Backup
Data Backup
The following data can be stored to internal flash memory as data backup.
About the Internal Flash Memory
The Song data is stored when data is transferred from a computer.
Function and touch On/Off are stored when Pressing and Holding the
[FUNCTION] button.
Data Initialization
All Data Initialization (including loaded song data)
All data can be initialized by turning on the power while holding the highest
(rightmost) white key (C6) and nearest A key (A5) on the keyboard. “CLr All
Mem” will appear briefly on the display. You can also execute this setting in the
Utility mode (see page
67
.)
All data Initialization (excluding song data)
All data except for loaded song data can be
initialized
by turning on the
power while holding the highest (rightmost) white key on the keyboard.
Group Parameter
SONG User Song Data
FUNCTION Tuning
Split Point
Touch Sensitivity
Sustain On/Off
Style Volume
Song Volume
Metronome Volume
Demo Cancel On/Off
Touch Touch On/Off
Never attempt to turn the
power off when data is being
transferred from a computer.
Doing so can damage the inter
-
nal flash memory and result in
loss of data.
All data listed above, plus
loaded song data, will be
erased and/or changed when
the All Data Initialization proce
-
dure is carried out.
Carrying out the data initializa-
tion procedure will usually
restore normal operation if the
EZ-250i freezes or begins to
act erratically for any reason.
66
69
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Troubleshooting
Problem Possible Cause and Solution
When the EZ-250i is turned on or off, a popping
sound is temporarily produced.
This is normal and indicates that the EZ-250i is receiving electrical
power.
When using a mobile phone, noise is produced. Using a mobile phone in close proximity to the EZ-250i may produce
interference. To prevent this, turn off the mobile phone or use it fur-
ther away from the EZ-250i.
There is no sound even when the keyboard is
played or when a song is being played back.
Check that nothing is connected to the PHONES/OUTPUT jack on
the rear panel. When a set of headphones is plugged into this jack,
no sound is output.
Check the Local Control on/off or PC Mode on/off. (See page 57, 58.)
Playing keys in the right hand area of the keyboard
does not produce any sound.
When using the Dictionary function (page 42), the keys in the right
hand area are used only for entering the chord root and type.
The sound of the voices or rhythms seems unusu-
al or strange.
The battery power is too low. Replace the batteries. (See page 10.)
The auto accompaniment doesn’t turn on, even
when pressing the [ACMP ON/OFF] button.
Make sure the Style mode is active before using the auto accompa-
niment. Press the [STYLE] button to enable style operations.
The style or song does not play back even when
pressing the [START/STOP] button.
Check the External Clock on/off. (See page 57.)
The style or song does not sound properly. Make sure that the Style Volume or Song Volume (page 39) is set to
an appropriate level.
When playing back one of the Pianist styles (#93 -
#100), the rhythm cannot be heard.
This is normal. The Pianist styles have no drums or bass — only pi-
ano accompaniment. The accompaniment of the style can only be
heard when accompaniment is set to ON and keys are played in the
auto accompaniment area of the keyboard.
Not all of the voices seem to sound, or the sound
seems to be cut off.
The EZ-250i is polyphonic up to a maximum of 32 notes. If the Dual
voice or Split voice is being used and a style or song is playing back
at the same time, some notes/sounds may be omitted (or “stolen”)
from the accompaniment or song.
A strange “flanging” or “doubling” sound occurs
when using the EZ-250i with a sequencer. (This
may also sound like a “dual” layered sound of two
voices, even when Dual is turned off.)
When using the style with a sequencer, set MIDI Echo (or the relevant
control) to “off.” (Refer to the owner’s manual of your particular de-
vice and/or software for details.)
The footswitch (for sustain) seems to produce the
opposite effect. For example, pressing the foot-
switch cuts off the sound and releasing it sustains
the sounds.
The polarity of the footswitch is reversed. Make sure that the foot-
switch plug is properly connected to the SUSTAIN jack before turning
on the power.
The sound of the voice changes from note to note. The AWM tone generation method uses multiple recordings (sam-
ples) of an instrument across the range of the keyboard; thus, the ac-
tual sound of the voice may be slightly different from note to note.
67
70
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Maximum Polyphony
The EZ-250i has 32-note maximum polyphony. This means that it can play a max-
imum of up to 32 notes at once, regardless of what functions are used. Auto
Accompaniment uses a number of the available notes, so when Auto Accompani-
ment is used the total number of available notes for playing on the keyboard is
correspondingly reduced. The same applies to the Split Voice and Song functions.
The Voice List includes MIDI pro-
gram change numbers for each
voice. Use these program
change numbers when playing
the EZ-250i via MIDI from an
external device.
Some voices may sound continu-
ously or have a long decay after
the notes have been released
while the sustain pedal (foot-
switch) is held.
Voice List
Voice List
280
Panel Voice List
Voice
No.
Bank Select
MIDI
Program
Change#
Voice Name
MSB LSB
PIANO
001 0 112 0 Grand Piano
002 0 112 1 Bright Piano
003 0 112 3 Honky-tonk Piano
004 0 112 2 MIDI Grand Piano
005 0 113 2 CP 80
006 0 112 6 Harpsichord
E.PIANO
007 0 114 4 Galaxy EP
008 0 112 4 Funky Electric Piano
009 0 112 5 DX Modern Elec. Piano
010 0 113 5 Hyper Tines
011 0 114 5 Venus Electric Piano
012 0 112 7 Clavi
ORGAN
013 0 112 16 Jazz Organ 1
014 0 113 16 Jazz Organ 2
015 0 112 17 Click Organ
016 0 116 16 Bright Organ
017 0 112 18 Rock Organ
018 0 114 18 Purple Organ
019 0 118 16 16'+2' Organ
020 0 119 16 16'+4' Organ
021 0 114 16 Theater Organ
022 0 112 19 Church Organ
023 0 113 19 Chapel Organ
024 0 112 20 Reed Organ
ACCORDION
025 0 113 21 Traditional Accordion
026 0 112 21 Musette Accordion
027 0 113 23 Bandoneon
028 0 112 22 Harmonica
GUITAR
029 0 112 24 Classical Guitar
030 0 112 25 Folk Guitar
031 0 113 25 12Strings Guitar
032 0 112 26 Jazz Guitar
033 0 113 26 Octave Guitar
034 0 112 27 Clean Guitar
035 0 117 27 60’s Clean Guitar
036 0 112 28 Muted Guitar
037 0 112 29 Overdriven Guitar
038 0 112 30 Distortion Guitar
BASS
039 0 112 32 Acoustic Bass
040 0 112 33 Finger Bass
041 0 112 34 Pick Bass
042 0 112 35 Fretless Bass
043 0 112 36 Slap Bass
044 0 112 38 Synth Bass
045 0 113 38 Hi-Q Bass
046 0 113 39 Dance Bass
STRINGS
047 0 112 48 String Ensemble
048 0 112 49 Chamber Strings
049 0 112 50 Synth Strings
050 0 113 49 Slow Strings
051 0 112 44 Tremolo Strings
052 0 112 45 Pizzicato Strings
053 0 112 55 Orchestra Hit
054 0 112 40 Violin
055 0 112 42 Cello
056 0 112 43 Contrabass
057 0 112 105 Banjo
058 0 112 46 Harp
CHOIR
059 0 112 52 Choir
060 0 113 52 Vocal Ensemble
061 0 112 53 Vox Humana
062 0 112 54 Air Choir
SAXOPHONE
063 0 112 64 Soprano Sax
064 0 112 65 Alto Sax
065 0 112 66 Tenor Sax
066 0 114 66 Breathy Tenor
067 0 112 67 Baritone Sax
068 0 112 68 Oboe
069 0 112 69 English Horn
070 0 112 70 Bassoon
071 0 112 71 Clarinet
TRUMPET
072 0 112 56 Trumpet
073 0 112 59 Muted Trumpet
074 0 112 57 Trombone
075 0 113 57 Trombone Section
076 0 112 60 French Horn
077 0 112 58 Tuba
BRASS
078 0 112 61 Brass Section
079 0 113 61 Big Band Brass
080 0 119 61 Mellow Horns
081 0 112 62 Synth Brass
082 0 113 62 Jump Brass
083 0 114 62 Techno Brass
FLUTE
084 0 112 73 Flute
085 0 112 72 Piccolo
086 0 112 75 Pan Flute
Voice
No.
Bank Select
MIDI
Program
Change#
Voice Name
MSB LSB
Voice List
71
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
XGlite Voice List
087 0 112 74 Recorder
088 0 112 79 Ocarina
SYNTH LEAD
089 0 112 80 Square Lead
090 0 112 81 Sawtooth Lead
091 0 112 85 Voice Lead
092 0 112 98 Star Dust
093 0 112 100 Brightness
094 0 115 81 Analogon
095 0 119 81 Fargo
SYNTH PAD
096 0 112 88 Fantasia
097 0 113 100 Bell Pad
098 0 112 91 Xenon Pad
099 0 112 94 Equinox
100 0 113 89 Dark Moon
PERCUSSION
101 0 112 11 Vibraphone
102 0 112 12 Marimba
103 0 112 13 Xylophone
104 0 112 114 Steel Drums
105 0 112 8 Celesta
106 0 112 14 Tubular Bells
107 0 112 47 Timpani
108 0 112 10 Music Box
DRUM KITS
109 127 0 0 Standard Kit 1
110 127 0 1 Standard Kit 2
111 127 0 8 Room Kit
112 127 0 16 Rock Kit
113 127 0 24 Electronic Kit
114 127 0 25 Analog Kit
115 127 0 27 Dance Kit
116 127 0 32 Jazz Kit
117 127 0 40 Brush Kit
118 127 0 48 Symphony Kit
119 126 0 0 SFX Kit 1
120 126 0 1 SFX Kit 2
Voice
No.
Bank Select
MIDI
Program
Change#
Voice Name
MSB LSB
Voice
No.
Bank Select
MIDI
Program
Change#
Voice Name
MSB LSB
PIANO
121 0 0 0 Grand Piano
122 0 1 0 Grand Piano KSP
123 0 40 0 Piano Strings
124 0 41 0 Dream
125 0 0 1 Bright Piano
126 0 1 1 Bright Piano KSP
127 0 0 2 Electric Grand Piano
128 0 1 2 Electric Grand Piano KSP
129 0 32 2 Detuned CP80
130 0 0 3 Honky-tonk Piano
131 0 1 3 Honky-tonk Piano KSP
132 0 0 4 Electric Piano 1
133 0 1 4 Electric Piano 1 KSP
134 0 32 4 Chorus Electric Piano 1
135 0 0 5 Electric Piano 2
136 0 1 5 Electric Piano 2 KSP
137 0 32 5 Chorus Electric Piano 2
138 0 41 5 DX + Analog Electric Piano
139 0 0 6 Harpsichord
140 0 1 6 Harpsichord KSP
141 0 35 6 Harpsichord 3
142 0 0 7 Clavi
143 0 1 7 Clavi KSP
CHROMATIC
144 0 0 8 Celesta
145 0 0 9 Glockenspiel
146 0 0 10 Music Box
147 0 64 10 Orgel
148 0 0 11 Vibraphone
149 0 1 11 Vibraphone KSP
150 0 0 12 Marimba
151 0 1 12 Marimba KSP
152 0 64 12 Sine Marimba
153 0 97 12 Balimba
154 0 98 12 Log Drums
155 0 0 13 Xylophone
156 0 0 14 Tubular Bells
157 0 96 14 Church Bells
158 0 97 14 Carillon
159 0 0 15 Dulcimer
160 0 35 15 Dulcimer 2
161 0 96 15 Cimbalom
162 0 97 15 Santur
ORGAN
163 0 0 16 DrawOrg
164 0 32 16 Detuned DrawOrg
165 0 33 16 60’s DrawOrg 1
166 0 34 16 60’s DrawOrg 2
167 0 35 16 70’s DrawOrg 1
168 0 37 16 60’s DrawOrg 3
169 0 40 16 16+2"2/3
170 0 64 16 Organ Bass
171 0 65 16 70’s DrawOrg 2
172 0 66 16 Cheezy Organ
173 0 67 16 DrawOrg 3
174 0 0 17 Percussive Organ
175 0 24 17 70’s Percussive Organ
176 0 32 17 Detuned Percussive Organ
177 0 33 17 Light Organ
178 0 37 17 Percussive Organ 2
179 0 0 18 Rock Organ
180 0 64 18 Rotary Organ
181 0 65 18 Slow Rotary
182 0 66 18 Fast Rotary
281
Voice List
72
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
183 0 0 19 Church Organ
184 0 32 19 Church Organ 3
185 0 35 19 Church Organ 2
186 0 40 19 Notre Dame
187 0 64 19 Organ Flute
188 0 65 19 Tremolo Organ Flute
189 0 0 20 Reed Organ
190 0 40 20 Puff Organ
191 0 0 21 Accordion
192 0 0 22 Hamonica
193 0 32 22 Harmonica 2
194 0 0 23 Tango Accordion
195 0 64 23 Tango Accordion 2
GUITAR
196 0 0 24 Nylon Guitar
197 0 96 24 Ukulele
198 0 0 25 Steel Guitar
199 0 35 25 12-string Guitar
200 0 40 25 Nylon & Steel Guitar
201 0 41 25
Steel Guitar with Body Sound
202 0 96 25 Mandolin
203 0 0 26 Jazz Guitar
204 0 32 26 Jazz Amp
205 0 0 27 Clean Guitar
206 0 32 27 Chorus Guitar
207 0 0 28 Muted Guitar
208 0 40 28 Funk Guitar 1
209 0 41 28 Muted Steel Guitar
210 0 45 28 Jazz Man
211 0 0 29 Overdriven Guitar
212 0 43 29 Guitar Pinch
213 0 0 30 Distortion Guitar
214 0 40 30 Feedback Guitar
215 0 41 30 Feedback Guitar 2
216 0 0 31 Guitar Harmonics
217 0 65 31 Guitar Feedback
218 0 66 31 Guitar Harmonics 2
BASS
219 0 0 32 Acoustic Bass
220 0 40 32 Jazz Rhythm
221 0 45 32
Velocity Crossfade Upright Bass
222 0 0 33 Finger Bass
223 0 18 33 Finger Dark
224 0 40 33
Bass & Distorted Electric Guitar
225 0 43 33 Finger Slap Bass
226 0 45 33 Finger Bass 2
227 0 65 33 Modulated Bass
228 0 0 34 Pick Bass
229 0 28 34 Muted Pick Bass
230 0 0 35 Fretless Bass
231 0 32 35 Fretless Bass 2
232 0 33 35 Fretless Bass 3
233 0 34 35 Fretless Bass 4
234 0 0 36 Slap Bass 1
235 0 32 36 Punch Thumb Bass
236 0 0 37 Slap Bass 2
237 0 43 37 Velocity Switch Slap
238 0 0 38 Synth Bass 1
239 0 40 38 Techno Synth Bass
240 0 0 39 Synth Bass 2
241 0 6 39 Mellow Synth Bass
242 0 12 39 Sequenced Bass
243 0 18 39 Click Synth Bass
244 0 19 39 Synth Bass 2 Dark
245 0 40 39 Modular Synth Bass
246 0 41 39 DX Bass
Voice
No.
Bank Select
MIDI
Program
Change#
Voice Name
MSB LSB
STRING
247 0 0 40 Violin
248 0 8 40 Slow Violin
249 0 0 41 Viola
250 0 0 42 Cello
251 0 0 43 Contrabass
252 0 0 44 Tremolo Strings
253 0 8 44 Slow Tremolo Strings
254 0 40 44 Suspense Strings
255 0 0 45 Pizzicato Strings
256 0 0 46 Orchestral Harp
257 0 40 46 Yang Chin
258 0 0 47 Timpani
ENSEMBLE
259 0 0 48 Strings 1
260 0 3 48 Stereo Strings
261 0 8 48 Slow Strings
262 0 35 48 60’s Strings
263 0 40 48 Orchestra
264 0 41 48 Orchestra 2
265 0 42 48 Tremolo Orchestra
266 0 45 48 Velocity Strings
267 0 0 49 Strings 2
268 0 3 49 Stereo Slow Strings
269 0 8 49 Legato Strings
270 0 40 49 Warm Strings
271 0 41 49 Kingdom
272 0 0 50 Synth Strings 1
273 0 0 51 Synth Strings 2
274 0 0 52 Choir Aahs
275 0 3 52 Stereo Choir
276 0 32 52 Mellow Choir
277 0 40 52 Choir Strings
278 0 0 53 Voice Oohs
279 0 0 54 Synth Voice
280 0 40 54 Synth Voice 2
281 0 41 54 Choral
282 0 64 54 Analog Voice
283 0 0 55 Orchestra Hit
284 0 35 55 Orchestra Hit 2
285 0 64 55 Impact
BRASS
286 0 0 56 Trumpet
287 0 32 56 Warm Trumpet
288 0 0 57 Trombone
289 0 18 57 Trombone 2
290 0 0 58 Tuba
291 0 0 59 Muted Trumpet
292 0 0 60 French Horn
293 0 6 60 French Horn Solo
294 0 32 60 French Horn 2
295 0 37 60 Horn Orchestra
296 0 0 61 Brass Section
297 0 35 61
Trumpet & Trombone Section
298 0 0 62 Synth Brass 1
299 0 20 62 Resonant Synth Brass
300 0 0 63 Synth Brass 2
301 0 18 63 Soft Brass
302 0 41 63 Choir Brass
REED
303 0 0 64 Soprano Sax
304 0 0 65 Alto Sax
305 0 40 65 Sax Section
306 0 0 66 Tenor Sax
307 0 40 66 Breathy Tenor Sax
308 0 0 67 Baritone Sax
Voice
No.
Bank Select
MIDI
Program
Change#
Voice Name
MSB LSB
282
Voice List
73
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
309 0 0 68 Oboe
310 0 0 69 English Horn
311 0 0 70 Bassoon
312 0 0 71 Clarinet
PIPE
313 0 0 72 Piccolo
314 0 0 73 Flute
315 0 0 74 Recorder
316 0 0 75 Pan Flute
317 0 0 76 Blown Bottle
318 0 0 77 Shakuhachi
319 0 0 78 Whistle
320 0 0 79 Ocarina
SYNTH LEAD
321 0 0 80 Square Lead
322 0 6 80 Square Lead 2
323 0 8 80 LM Square
324 0 18 80 Hollow
325 0 19 80 Shroud
326 0 64 80 Mellow
327 0 65 80 Solo Sine
328 0 66 80 Sine Lead
329 0 0 81 Sawtooth Lead
330 0 6 81 Sawtooth Lead 2
331 0 8 81 Thick Sawtooth
332 0 18 81 Dynamic Sawtooth
333 0 19 81 Digital Sawtooth
334 0 20 81 Big Lead
335 0 96 81 Sequenced Analog
336 0 0 82 Calliope Lead
337 0 65 82 Pure Pad
338 0 0 83 Chiff Lead
339 0 0 84 Charang Lead
340 0 64 84 Distorted Lead
341 0 0 85 Voice Lead
342 0 0 86 Fifths Lead
343 0 35 86 Big Five
344 0 0 87 Bass & Lead
345 0 16 87 Big & Low
346 0 64 87 Fat & Perky
347 0 65 87 Soft Whirl
SYNTH PAD
348 0 0 88 New Age Pad
349 0 64 88 Fantasy
350 0 0 89 Warm Pad
351 0 0 90 Poly Synth Pad
352 0 0 91 Choir Pad
353 0 66 91 Itopia
354 0 0 92 Bowed Pad
355 0 0 93 Metallic Pad
356 0 0 94 Halo Pad
357 0 0 95 Sweep Pad
SYNTH EFFECTS
358 0 0 96 Rain
359 0 65 96 African Wind
360 0 66 96 Carib
361 0 0 97 Sound Track
362 0 27 97 Prologue
363 0 0 98 Crystal
364 0 12 98 Synth Drum Comp
365 0 14 98 Popcorn
366 0 18 98 Tiny Bells
367 0 35 98 Round Glockenspiel
368 0 40 98 Glockenspiel Chimes
369 0 41 98 Clear Bells
370 0 42 98 Chorus Bells
371 0 65 98 Soft Crystal
Voice
No.
Bank Select
MIDI
Program
Change#
Voice Name
MSB LSB
372 0 70 98 Air Bells
373 0 71 98 Bell Harp
374 0 72 98 Gamelimba
375 0 0 99 Atmosphere
376 0 18 99 Warm Atmosphere
377 0 19 99 Hollow Release
378 0 40 99 Nylon Electric Piano
379 0 64 99 Nylon Harp
380 0 65 99 Harp Vox
381 0 66 99 Atmosphere Pad
382 0 0 100 Brightness
383 0 0 101 Goblins
384 0 64 101 Goblins Synth
385 0 65 101 Creeper
386 0 67 101 Ritual
387 0 68 101 To Heaven
388 0 70 101 Night
389 0 71 101 Glisten
390 0 96 101 Bell Choir
391 0 0 102 Echoes
392 0 0 103 Sci-Fi
WORLD
393 0 0 104 Sitar
394 0 32 104 Detuned Sitar
395 0 35 104 Sitar 2
396 0 97 104 Tamboura
397 0 0 105 Banjo
398 0 28 105 Muted Banjo
399 0 96 105 Rabab
400 0 97 105 Gopichant
401 0 98 105 Oud
402 0 0 106 Shamisen
403 0 0 107 Koto
404 0 96 107 Taisho-kin
405 0 97 107 Kanoon
406 0 0 108 Kalimba
407 0 0 109 Bagpipe
408 0 0 110 Fiddle
409 0 0 111 Shanai
PERCUSSIVE
410 0 0 112 Tinkle Bell
411 0 96 112 Bonang
412 0 97 112 Altair
413 0 98 112 Gamelan Gongs
414 0 99 112 Stereo Gamelan Gongs
415 0 100 112 Rama Cymbal
416 0 0 113 Agogo
417 0 0 114 Steel Drums
418 0 97 114 Glass Percussion
419 0 98 114 Thai Bells
420 0 0 115 Woodblock
421 0 96 115 Castanets
422 0 0 116 Taiko Drum
423 0 96 116 Gran Cassa
424 0 0 117 Melodic Tom
425 0 64 117 Melodic Tom 2
426 0 65 117 Real Tom
427 0 66 117 Rock Tom
428 0 0 118 Synth Drum
429 0 64 118 Analog Tom
430 0 65 118 Electronic Percussion
431 0 0 119 Reverse Cymbal
SOUND EFFECTS
432 0 0 120 Fret Noise
433 0 0 121 Breath Noise
434 0 0 122 Seashore
435 0 0 123 Bird Tweet
Voice
No.
Bank Select
MIDI
Program
Change#
Voice Name
MSB LSB
283
Voice List
74
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
436 0 0 124 Telephone Ring
437 0 0 125 Helicopter
438 0 0 126 Applause
439 0 0 127 Gunshot
440 64 0 0 Cutting Noise
441 64 0 1 Cutting Noise 2
442 64 0 3 String Slap
443 64 0 16 Flute Key Click
444 64 0 32 Shower
445 64 0 33 Thunder
446 64 0 34 Wind
447 64 0 35 Stream
448 64 0 36 Bubble
449 64 0 37 Feed
450 64 0 48 Dog
451 64 0 49 Horse
452 64 0 50 Bird Tweet 2
453 64 0 55 Maou
454 64 0 64 Phone Call
455 64 0 65 Door Squeak
456 64 0 66 Door Slam
457 64 0 67 Scratch Cut
458 64 0 68 Scratch Split
459 64 0 69 Wind Chime
460 64 0 70 Telephone Ring 2
461 64 0 80 Car Engine Ignition
462 64 0 81 Car Tires Squeal
463 64 0 82 Car Passing
464 64 0 83 Car Crash
465 64 0 84 Siren
466 64 0 85 Train
467 64 0 86 Jet Plane
468 64 0 87 Starship
469 64 0 88 Burst
470 64 0 89 Roller Coaster
471 64 0 90 Submarine
472 64 0 96 Laugh
473 64 0 97 Scream
474 64 0 98 Punch
475 64 0 99 Heartbeat
476 64 0 100 Footsteps
477 64 0 112 Machine Gun
478 64 0 113 Laser Gun
479 64 0 114 Explosion
480 64 0 115 Firework
Voice
No.
Bank Select
MIDI
Program
Change#
Voice Name
MSB LSB
284
75
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Style No. Style Name
8BEAT
001 8BeatModern
002 60’sGtrPop
003 8BeatAdria
004 60’s8Beat
005 8Beat
006 OffBeat
007 60’sRock
008 HardRock
009 RockShuffle
010 8BeatRock
16BEAT
011 16Beat
012 PopShuffle
013 GuitarPop
014 16BtUptempo
015 KoolShuffle
016 HipHopLight
BALLAD
017 PianoBallad
018 LoveSong
019 6/8ModernEP
020 6/8SlowRock
021 OrganBallad
022 PopBallad
023 16BeatBallad
DANCE
024 EuroTrance
025 Ibiza
026 SwingHouse
027 Clubdance
028 ClubLatin
029 Garage1
030 Garage2
031 TechnoParty
032 UKPop
033 HipHopGroove
034 HipShuffle
035 HipHopPop
DISCO
036 70’sDisco
037 LatinDisco
038 SaturdayNight
039 DiscoHands
SWING & JAZZ
040 BigBandFast
041 BigBandBallad
042 JazzClub
043 Swing1
044 Swing2
045 Five/Four
046 Dixieland
047 Ragtime
R & B
048 Soul
049 DetroitPop
050 6/8Soul
051 CrocoTwist
052 Rock&Roll
053 ComboBoogie
054 6/8Blues
COUNTRY
055 CountryPop
056 CountrySwing
057 Country2/4
058 Bluegrass
LATIN
059 BrazilianSamba
060 BossaNova
061 Tijuana
062 DiscoLatin
063 Mambo
064 Salsa
065 Beguine
066 Reggae
BALLROOM
067 VienneseWaltz
068 EnglishWaltz
069 Slowfox
070 Foxtrot
071 Quickstep
072 Tango
073 Pasodoble
074 Samba
075 ChaChaCha
076 Rumba
077 Jive
TRADITIONAL
078 USMarch
079 6/8March
080 GermanMarch
081 PolkaPop
082 OberPolka
083 Tarantella
084 Showtune
085 ChristmasSwing
086 ChristmasWaltz
087 ScottishReel
WALTZ
088 SwingWaltz
089 JazzWaltz
090 CountryWaltz
091 OberWalzer
092 Musette
PIANIST
093 Stride
094 PianoSwing
095 Arpeggio
096 Habanera
097 SlowRock
098 8BeatPianoBallad
099 6/8PianoMarch
100 PianoWaltz
Style No. Style Name
Style List
Style List
285
76
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Drum Kit List
” indicates that the drum sound is the same as “Standard Kit 1”.
Each percussion voice uses one note.
The MIDI Note # and Note are actually one octave lower than keyboard
Note # and Note. For example, in “109: Standard Kit 1”, the “Seq Click H”
(Note# 36/Note C1) corresponds to (Note# 24/Note C0).
Key Off: Keys marked “O” stop sounding the instant they are released.
Voices with the same Alternate Note Number (*1 – 4) cannot be played
simultaneously. (They are designed to be played alternately with each
other.)
Voice No. 109 110 111 112 113 114
MSB/LSB/PC 127/000/000 127/000/001 127/000/008 127/000/016 127/000/024 127/000/025
Keyboard MIDI
Key
Off
Alternate
assign
Standard Kit 1 Standard Kit 2 Room Kit Rock Kit Electronic Kit Analog Kit
Note# Note
Note#
Note
25 C# 013C# -1 3 Surdo Mute
26 D 0 14 D -1 3 Surdo Open
27 D# 015D# -1 Hi Q
28 E 0 16 E -1 Whip Slap
29 F 0 17 F -1 4 Scratch Push
30 F# 018F# -1 4 Scratch Pull
31 G 0 19 G -1 Finger Snap
32 G# 020G# -1 Click Noise
33 A 0 21 A -1 Metronome Click
34 A# 022A# -1 Metronome Bell
35 B 0 23 B -1 Seq Click L
36 C 1 24 C 0 Seq Click H
37 C# 125C# 0 Brush Tap
38 D 1 26 D 0 O Brush Swirl
39 D# 127D# 0 Brush Slap
40 E 1 28 E 0 O Brush Tap Swirl Reverse Cymbal Reverse Cymbal
41 F 1 29 F 0 O Snare Roll
42 F# 130F# 0 Castanet Hi Q 2 Hi Q 2
43 G 1 31 G 0 Snare H Soft Snare H Soft 2 SD Rock H Snare L SD Rock H
44 G# 132G# 0 Sticks
45 A 1 33 A 0 Bass Drum Soft Bass Drum H Bass Drum H
46 A# 134A# 0 Open Rim Shot Open Rim Shot 2
47 B 1 35 B 0 Bass Drum Hard Bass Drum H BD Rock BD Analog L
48 C 2 36 C 1 Bass Drum Bass Drum 2 BD Rock BD Gate BD Analog H
49 C# 237C# 1 Side Stick Analog Side Stick
50 D 2 38 D 1 Snare M Snare M 2 SD Room L SD Rock L SD Rock L Analog Snare 1
51 D# 239D# 1 Hand Clap
52 E 2 40 E 1 Snare H Hard Snare H Hard 2 SD Room H SD Rock Rim SD Rock H Analog Snare 2
53 F 2 41 F 1 Floor Tom L Room Tom 1 Rock Tom 1 E Tom 1 Analog Tom 1
54 F# 242F# 1 1 Hi-Hat Closed Analog HH Closed 1
55 G 2 43 G 1 Floor Tom H Room Tom 2 Rock Tom 2 E Tom 2 Analog Tom 2
56 G# 244G# 1 1 Hi-Hat Pedal Analog HH Closed 2
57 A 2 45 A 1 Low Tom Room Tom 3 Rock Tom 3 E Tom 3 Analog Tom 3
58 A# 246A# 1 1 Hi-Hat Open Analog HH Open
59 B 2 47 B 1 Mid Tom L Room Tom 4 Rock Tom 4 E Tom 4 Analog Tom 4
60 C 3 48 C 2 Mid Tom H Room Tom 5 Rock Tom 5 E Tom 5 Analog Tom 5
61 C# 349C# 2 Crash Cymbal 1 Analog Cymbal
62 D 3 50 D 2 High Tom Room Tom 6 Rock Tom 6 E Tom 6 Analog Tom 6
63 D# 351D# 2 Ride Cymbal 1
64 E 3 52 E 2 Chinese Cymbal
65 F 3 53 F 2 Ride Cymbal Cup
66 F# 354F# 2 Tambourine
67 G 3 55 G 2 Splash Cymbal
68 G# 356G# 2 Cowbell Analog Cowbell
69 A 3 57 A 2 Crash Cymbal 2
70 A# 358A# 2 Vibraslap
71 B 3 59 B 2 Ride Cymbal 2
72 C 4 60 C 3 Bongo H
73 C# 461C# 3 Bongo L
74 D 4 62 D 3 Conga H Mute Analog Conga H
75 D# 463D# 3 Conga H Open Analog Conga M
76 E 4 64 E 3 Conga L Analog Conga L
77 F 4 65 F 3 Timbale H
78 F# 466F# 3 Timbale L
79 G 4 67 G 3 Agogo H
80 G# 468G# 3 Agogo L
81 A 4 69 A 3 Cabasa
82 A# 470A# 3 Maracas Analog Maracas
83 B 4 71 B 3 O Samba Whistle H
84 C 5 72 C 4 O Samba Whistle L
85 C# 573C# 4 Guiro Short
86 D 5 74 D 4 O Guiro Long
87 D# 575D# 4 Claves Analog Claves
88 E 5 76 E 4 Wood Block H
89 F 5 77 F 4 Wood Block L
90 F# 578F# 4 Cuica Mute Scratch Push Scratch Push
91 G 5 79 G 4 Cuica Open Scratch Pull Scratch Pull
92 G# 580G# 4 2 Triangle Mute
93 A 5 81 A 4 2 Triangle Open
94 A# 582A# 4 Shaker
95 B 5 83 B 4 Jingle Bell
96 C 6 84 C 5 Bell Tree
97 C# 685C# 5
98 D 6 86 D 5
99 D# 687D# 5
100 E 6 88 E 5
101 F 6 89 F 5
102 F# 690F# 5
103 G 6 91 G 5
E1
F1
F#1
G1
G#1
A1
A#1
B1
C1
D#1
D1
C#1
E2
F2
F#2
G2
G#2
A2
A#2
B2
C2
D#2
D2
C#2
E3
F3
F#3
G3
G#3
A3
A#3
B3
C3
D#3
D3
C#3
E4
F4
F#4
G4
G#4
A4
A#4
B4
C4
D#4
D4
C#4
E5
F5
F#5
G5
G#5
A5
A#5
B5
C5
D#5
D5
C#5
C6
Drum Kit List
286
77
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Voice No. 109 115 116 117 118 119 120
MSB/LSB/PC 127/000/000 127/000/027 127/000/032 127/000/040 127/000/048 126/000/000 126/000/001
Keyboard MIDI
Key
Off
Alternate
assign
Standard Kit 1 Dance Kit Jazz Kit Brush Kit Symphony Kit SFX Kit 1 SFX Kit 2
Note# Note Note# Note
25 C# 013C# -1 3 Surdo Mute
26 D 0 14 D -1 3 Surdo Open
27 D# 015D# -1 Hi Q
28 E 0 16 E -1 Whip Slap
29 F 0 17 F -1 4 Scratch Push
30 F# 018F# -1 4 Scratch Pull
31 G 0 19 G -1 Finger Snap
32 G# 020G# -1 Click Noise
33 A 0 21 A -1 Metronome Click
34 A# 022A# -1 Metronome Bell
35 B 0 23 B -1 Seq Click L
36 C 1 24 C 0 Seq Click H
37 C# 125C# 0 Brush Tap
38 D 1 26 D 0 O Brush Swirl
39 D# 127D# 0 Brush Slap
40 E 1 28 E 0 O Brush Tap Swirl Reverse Cymbal
41 F 1 29 F 0 O Snare Roll
42 F# 130F# 0 Castanet Hi Q 2
43 G 1 31 G 0 Snare H Soft AnSD Snappy SD Jazz H Light Brush Slap L
44 G# 132G# 0 Sticks
45 A 1 33 A 0 Bass Drum Soft AnBD Dance-1 Bass Drum L
46 A# 134A# 0 Open Rim Shot AnSD OpenRim
47 B 1 35 B 0 Bass Drum Hard AnBD Dance-2 Gran Cassa
48 C 2 36 C 1 Bass Drum AnBD Dance-3 BD Jazz BD Jazz Gran Cassa Mute Cutting Noise Phone Call
49 C# 237C# 1 Side Stick Analog Side Stick Cutting Noise 2 Door Squeak
50 D 2 38 D 1 Snare M AnSD Q SD Jazz L Brush Slap Marching Sn M Door Slam
51 D# 239D# 1 Hand Clap String Slap Scratch Cut
52 E 2 40 E 1 Snare H Hard AnSD Ana+Acoustic SD Jazz M Brush Tap Marching Sn H Scratch
53 F 2 41 F 1 Floor Tom L Analog Tom 1 Jazz Tom 1 Brush Tom 1 Jazz Tom 1 Wind Chime
54 F# 242F# 1 1 Hi-Hat Closed Analog HH Closed 3 Telephone Ring 2
55 G 2 43 G 1 Floor Tom H Analog Tom 2 Jazz Tom 2 Brush Tom 2 Jazz Tom 2
56 G# 244G# 1 1 Hi-Hat Pedal Analog HH Closed 4
57 A 2 45 A 1 Low Tom Analog Tom 3 Jazz Tom 3 Brush Tom 3 Jazz Tom 3
58 A# 246A# 1 1 Hi-Hat Open Analog HH Open 2
59 B 2 47 B 1 Mid Tom L Analog Tom 4 Jazz Tom 4 Brush Tom 4 Jazz Tom 4
60 C 3 48 C 2 Mid Tom H Analog Tom 5 Jazz Tom 5 Brush Tom 5 Jazz Tom 5
61 C# 349C# 2 Crash Cymbal 1 Analog Cymbal Hand Cym. L
62 D 3 50 D 2 High Tom Analog Tom 6 Jazz Tom 6 Brush Tom 6 Jazz Tom 6
63 D# 351D# 2 Ride Cymbal 1 Hand Cym.Short L
64 E 3 52 E 2 Chinese Cymbal Flute Key Click Car Engine Ignition
65 F 3 53 F 2 Ride Cymbal Cup Car Tires Squeal
66 F# 354F# 2 Tambourine Car Passing
67 G 3 55 G 2 Splash Cymbal Car Crash
68 G# 356G# 2 Cowbell Analog Cowbell Siren
69 A 3 57 A 2 Crash Cymbal 2 Hand Cym. H Train
70 A# 358A# 2 Vibraslap Jet Plane
71 B 3 59 B 2 Ride Cymbal 2 Hand Cym.Short H Starship
72 C 4 60 C 3 Bongo H Burst
73 C# 461C# 3 Bongo L Roller Coaster
74 D 4 62 D 3 Conga H Mute Analog Conga H Submarine
75 D# 463D# 3 Conga H Open Analog Conga M
76 E 4 64 E 3 Conga L Analog Conga L
77 F 4 65 F 3 Timbale H
78 F# 466F# 3 Timbale L
79 G 4 67 G 3 Agogo H
80 G# 468G# 3 Agogo L Shower Laugh
81 A 4 69 A 3 Cabasa Thunder Scream
82 A# 470A# 3 Maracas Analog Maracas Wind Punch
83 B 4 71 B 3 O Samba Whistle H Stream Heartbeat
84 C 5 72 C 4 O Samba Whistle L Bubble FootSteps
85 C# 573C# 4 Guiro Short Feed
86 D 5 74 D 4 O Guiro Long
87 D# 575D# 4 Claves Analog Claves
88 E 5 76 E 4 Wood Block H
89 F 5 77 F 4 Wood Block L
90 F# 578F# 4 Cuica Mute Scratch Push
91 G 5 79 G 4 Cuica Open Scratch Pull
92 G# 580G# 4 2 Triangle Mute
93 A 5 81 A 4 2 Triangle Open
94 A# 582A# 4 Shaker
95 B 5 83 B 4 Jingle Bell
96 C 6 84 C 5 Bell Tree Dog Machine Gun
97 C# 685C# 5 Horse Laser Gun
98 D 6 86 D 5 Bird Tweet 2 Explosion
99 D# 687D# 5 Firework
100 E 6 88 E 5
101 F 6 89 F 5
102 F# 690F# 5
103 G 6 91 G 5 Maou
E1
F1
F#1
G1
G#1
A1
A#1
B1
C1
D#1
D1
C#1
E2
F2
F#2
G2
G#2
A2
A#2
B2
C2
D#2
D2
C#2
E3
F3
F#3
G3
G#3
A3
A#3
B3
C3
D#3
D3
C#3
E4
F4
F#4
G4
G#4
A4
A#4
B4
C4
D#4
D4
C#4
E5
F5
F#5
G5
G#5
A5
A#5
B5
C5
D#5
D5
C#5
C6
1
Drum Kit List
78
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
MIDI Implementation Chart
YAMAHA [ Portable Keyboard ] Date:17-Mar-2003
Model EZ-250i MIDI Implementation Chart Version : 1.0
Transmitted Recognized Remarks
Function...
Basic Default 1 - 16 1 - 16 *1
Channel Changed x x
Default 3 3
Mode Messages x x
Altered ************** x
Note 0 - 127 0 - 127
Number : True voice ************** 0 - 127
Velocity Note ON o 9nH,v=1-127 o 9nH,v=1-127
Note OFF o 9nH,v=0 o 9nH,v=0 or 8nH
After Key's x x
Touch Ch's x x
Pitch Bend x *2 o
0,32 o o Bank Select
1 x *2 o Modulation wheel
6 x *2 o Data Entry(MSB)
38 x o Data Entry(LSB)
7o o Part Volume
10 o o Pan
Control 11 x *2 o Expression
64 o o Sustain
Change 71 x *2 o Harmonic Content
72 o o Release Time
73 x *2 o Attack Time
74 x *2 o Brightness
84 x *2 o Portamento Cntrl
91,93 o o Effect 1,3 Depth
94 x *2 o Effect 4 Depth
96,97 x o RPN Inc,Dec
100,101 x *2 o RPN LSB,MSB
MIDI Implementation Chart
287
79
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Prog o 0 - 127 o 0 - 127
Change : True # **************
System Exclusive o *3 o *3
: Song Pos. x x
Common : Song Sel. x x
: Tune x x
System : Clock o o
Real Time: Commands o *4 o *4
Aux :All Sound OFF o o(120,126,127)
:Reset All Cntrls x o(121)
:Local ON/OFF x o(122)
:All Notes OFF x o(123-125)
Mes- :Active Sense o o
sages:Reset x x
Mode 1 : OMNI ON , POLY Mode 2 : OMNI ON ,MONO o : Yes
Mode 3 : OMNI OFF, POLY Mode 4 : OMNI OFF,MONO x : No
288
MIDI Implementation Chart
NOTE:
*1 By default (factory settings) the EZ-250i ordinarily functions as a
16-channel multi-timbral tone generator, and incoming data does
not affect the panel voices or panel settings. However, the MIDI
messages listed below do affect the panel voices, auto accompa-
niment, and songs.
MIDI Master Tuning
System exclusive messages for changing the Reverb Type
and Chorus Type.
*2 Messages for these control change numbers cannot be transmit-
ted from the EZ-250i itself. However, they may be transmitted
when playing the accompaniment, song or using the Harmony
effect.
*3 Exclusive
<GM System ON> F0H, 7EH, 7FH, 09H, 01H, F7H
This message automatically restores all default settings for
the instrument, with the exception of MIDI Master Tuning.
<MIDI Master Volume> F0H, 7FH, 7FH, 04H, 01H, ll, mm, F7H
This message allows the volume of all channels to be
changed simultaneously (Universal System Exclusive).
The values of “mm” is used for MIDI Master Tuning. (Values
for “ll” are ignored.)
<MIDI Master Tuning> F0H, 43H, 1nH, 27H, 30H, 00H, 00H, mm,
ll, cc, F7H
This message simultaneously changes the tuning value of all
channels.
The values of “mm” and “ll” are used for MIDI Master Tuning.
The default value of “mm” and “ll” are 08H and 00H, respec-
tively. Any values can be used for “n” and “cc.
<Reverb Type> F0H, 43H, 1nH, 4CH, 02H, 01H, 00H, mmH, llH,
F7H
mm : Reverb Type MSB
ll : Reverb Type LSB
Refer to the Effect Map (page 80) for details.
<Chorus Type> F0H, 43H, 1nH, 4CH, 02H, 01H, 20H, mmH, llH,
F7H
mm : Chorus Type MSB
ll : Chorus Type LSB
Refer to the Effect Map (page 80) for details.
*4 When the accompaniment is started, an FAH message is trans-
mitted. When accompaniment is stopped, an FCH message is
transmitted.When the clock is set to External, both FAH (accom-
paniment start) and FCH (accompaniment stop) are recognized.
*5 Local ON/OFF
<Local ON> Bn, 7A, 7F
<Local OFF> Bn, 7A, 00
Value for “n” is ignored.
80
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Effect map
289
MIDI Implementation Chart
Effect map
* If the received value does not contain an effect type in the TYPE LSB, the LSB will be directed to TYPE 0.
* The numbers in parentheses in front of the Effect Type names correspond to the number indicated in the display..
* By using an external sequencer, which is capable of editing and transmitting the system exclusive messages and parameter changes, you can select the Reverb,
Chorus and DSP effect types which are not accessible from the EZ-250i panel itself. When one of the effects is selected by the external sequencer, “ - ” will be
shown on the display.
REVERB
CHORUS
TYPE
MSB
TYPE LSB
00 01 02 08 16 17 18 19 20
000 No Effect
001 (1)Hall1 (2)Hall2 (3)Hall3
002 Room (4)Room1 (5)Room2
003 Stage (6)Stage1 (7)Stage2
004 Plate (8)Plate1 (9)Plate2
005 – 127 No Effect
TYPE
MSB
TYPE LSB
00 01 02 08 16 17 18 19 20
000 – 063 No Effect
064 Thru
065 Chorus (2)Chorus2
066 Celeste (1)Chorus1
067 Flanger (3)Flanger1 (4)Flanger2
068 – 127 No Effect
81
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Specifications
Keyboards
61 standard-size keys (C1 - C6), with Touch Response.
Display
Large multi-function LCD display (backlit)
Setup
STANDBY/ON
MASTER VOLUME : MIN - MAX
Panel Controls
SONG, STYLE, VOICE, Dict., PC, LESSON L, R,
METRONOME, PORTABLE GRAND, DEMO, FUNCTION,
TOUCH, DUAL, SPLIT, HARMONY, TEMPO/TAP,
[0]-[9], [+](YES), [–](NO)
Voice
108 panel voices + 12 drum kits + 360 XG Lite voices
Polyphony : 32
Style
100 styles
Style Control : ACMP ON/OFF, SYNC START,
START/STOP, INTRO/ENDING/rit.,
MAIN/AUTO FILL
Fingering : Multi fingering
Style Volume
Yamaha Educational Suite
Dictionary
Lesson 1-4
Function
Overall : Transpose, Tuning, Split Point, Touch Sensitivity,
Sustain
Volume : Style Volume, Song Volume, Metronome Volume,
Metronome Time Signature
Main Voice : Volume, Octave, Reverb Send Level,
Chorus Send Level
Dual Voice : Voice, Volume, Octave, Reverb Send Level,
Chorus Send Level
Split Voice : Voice, Volume, Octave, Reverb Send Level,
Chorus Send Level
Effect/Harmony : Reverb Type, Chorus Type,
Harmony Type, Harmony Volume
Utility : Local On/Off, External Clock, Initial Setup Send,
Lesson Track R, Lesson Track L, Demo Cancel,
Backup Clear
Effects
Reverb : 9 types
Chorus : 4 types
Harmony : 26 types
Song
80 Songs
Song Volume
MIDI
Local On/Off
• Initial Setup Send
• External Clock
Auxiliary jacks
PHONES/OUTPUT, DC IN 12V, USB, SUSTAIN
Amplier (when using PA-3C power adaptor)
2.5W + 2.5W
Speakers
12cm x 2
Power Consumption (when using PA-3C power adaptor)
13W
Power Supply
Adaptor : Yamaha PA-3C AC power adaptor
Batteries : Six “D” size, R20P (LR20) or equivalent
batteries
Dimensions (W x D x H)
931 x 348.8 x 127.9 mm (36-2/3" x 13-3/4" x 5-1/16")
Weight
5.0 kg (11 lbs.)
Supplied Accessories
Music Rest
Owner’s Manual
Song Book
CD-ROM
USB Cable
* Specifications and descriptions in this owner’s manual are for information
purposes only. Yamaha Corp. reserves the right to change or modify prod-
ucts or specifications at any time without prior notice. Since specifications,
equipment or options may not be the same in every locale, please check
with your Yamaha dealer.
Optional Accessories
Headphones : HPE-150
AC power adaptor : PA-3B/3C
Footswitch : FC4, FC5
Keyboard stand : L-2C, L-2L
Specifications
290
291
82
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Panel controls and terminals
+/–............................................... 8, 19
A-B REPEAT.............................. 8, 46
ACMP ON/OFF.......................... 8, 34
DC IN 12V ................................. 9, 10
DEMO ........................................ 9, 14
Dict. ............................................ 8, 42
DUAL ......................................... 9, 25
FF........................................... 9, 46
FUNCTION.......................... 8, 18, 66
HARMONY ............................... 9, 29
INTRO/ENDING/rit................... 9, 34
LESSON..................................... 8, 50
LIGHT ON/OFF......................... 9, 28
MAIN/AUTO FILL .................... 9, 34
MASTER VOLUME .................. 8, 18
METRONOME .......................... 8, 21
Numeric keypad.......................... 8, 19
OFF....................................................8
ON .....................................................8
PAUSE ................................... 8, 46
PC ............................................... 8, 58
PHONES/OUTPUT.................... 9, 11
PORTABLE GRAND................. 8, 21
REW ...................................... 9, 46
SONG ................................... 8, 45, 49
SPLIT ......................................... 9, 26
STANDBY/ON........................... 8, 11
START/STOP ....................... 8, 34, 46
STYLE........................................ 8, 33
SUSTAIN.................................. 11, 30
SYNC START ............................ 8, 34
TEMPO/TAP ........................9, 21, 38
TOUCH ...................................... 9, 27
USB ............................................ 9, 56
VOICE ........................................ 8, 23
Misc.
#000 OTS.........................................25
A
A-B repreat ......................................47
AC Power adaptor............................10
accessory jacks.................................11
accompaniment sections ..................39
Accompaniment Split Point.............26
B
Batteries ...........................................10
Beat display .....................................38
C
Chord Names ...................................44
Chord Type ......................................44
Chords, About..................................43
Chords, Fingered..............................40
Chords, Single Finger ......................40
Chorus..............................................30
D
DEMO Cancel .................................14
Demo song.......................................14
Dictionary ........................................42
Drum Kit Voice Chart ......................76
Dual Voice........................................25
E
Effects ..............................................29
Ending..............................................37
External Clock .................................57
F
Fill-in ...............................................39
Fingered chords ...............................40
Flash Memory..................................58
Footswitch........................................11
Function .................................... 18, 66
G
GM System Level 1 .........................55
Grade................................................53
H
Harmony ..........................................29
Headphones......................................11
I
Indicator...........................................20
Initial Setup Send.............................57
Intro..................................................36
L
Left.................................................. 50
Lesson ............................................. 49
Lesson Track ................................... 51
Level, chorus send........................... 30
Level, reverb send ........................... 29
Light Guide ..................................... 28
LIGHT ON/OFF ............................. 28
Local on/off..................................... 57
M
Main A/B......................................... 39
Main Voice ...................................... 23
Master Volume ................................ 18
Melody Voice Change ..................... 48
Metronome...................................... 21
MIDI ............................................... 54
MIDI channels ................................ 55
MIDI Implementation Chart ........... 78
MIDI LSB Receive cancel .............. 56
Multi Fingering ............................... 40
Music Rest ...................................... 19
N
Notation........................................... 20
O
Octave ............................................. 20
Octave, dual .................................... 25
Octave, main ................................... 23
Octave, split .................................... 26
P
PC.................................................... 58
Portable Grand ................................ 21
Q
Quick Guide .................................... 12
R
Reverb ............................................. 29
Right................................................ 50
Ritardando....................................... 37
Root................................................. 43
S
sections (accompaniment)............... 39
Single Finger chords ....................... 40
Song Volume ................................... 48
songs, playing ................................. 46
songs, selecting ............................... 45
Specifications .................................. 81
Split Point........................................ 26
Index
68
Index
83
EZ-250i Owner’s Manual
Split Voice........................................26
Style Volume....................................39
styles, playing..................................34
styles, selecting................................33
Sustain .............................................30
Sync Start.........................................35
T
Tap ...................................................35
Tempo ....................................... 21, 38
Time Signature ................................22
Touch Sensitivity .............................27
Transpose.........................................28
Troubleshooting...............................69
Tuning..............................................28
V
Voice List.........................................70
voices, Drum Kit .............................76
voices, selecting and playing...........23
voices, XG Lite................................71
Volume, dual....................................25
Volume, harmony.............................29
Volume, main...................................23
Volume, Metronome ........................22
Volume, Song ..................................48
Volume, split....................................26
Volume, Style ..................................39
X
XG Lite Voice List...........................71
69
Limited Warranty
90 DAYS LABOR 1 YEAR PARTS
Yamaha Corporation of America, hereafter referred to as Yamaha, warrants to the original consumer of a product included in the categories listed
below, that the product will be free of defects in materials and/or workmanship for the periods indicated. This warranty is applicable to all models
included in the following series of products:
EZ SERIES OF ELECTRONIC KEYBOARDS
If during the first 90 days that immediately follows the purchase date, your new Yamaha product covered by this warranty is found to have a defect
in material and/or workmanship, Yamaha and/or its authorized representative will repair such defect without charge for parts or labor.
If parts should be required after this 90 day period but within the one year period that immediately follows the purchase date, Yamaha will, subject
to the terms of this warranty, supply these parts without charge. However, charges for labor, and/or any miscellaneous expenses incurred are the
consumers responsibility. Yamaha reserves the right to utilize reconditioned parts in repairing these products and/or to use reconditioned units as
warranty replacements.
THIS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY EXPRESS WARRANTY WHICH YAMAHA MAKES IN CONNECTION WITH THESE PROD-
UCTS. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO THE PRODUCT, INCLUDING THE WARRANTY OF MERCHANT ABILITY
IS LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY. YAMAHA EXCLUDES AND SHALL NOT BE LIABLE IN ANY
EVENT FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
Some states do not allow limitations that relate to implied warranties and/or the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages. Therefore, these
limitations and exclusions may not apply to you.
This warranty gives you specific legal rights. You may also have other rights which vary from state to state.
CONSUMERS RESPONSIBILITIES
If warranty service should be required, it is necessary that the consumer assume certain responsibilities:
1. Contact the Customer Service Department of the retailer selling the product, or any retail outlet authorized by Yamaha to sell the product for
assistance. You may also contact Yamaha directly at the address provided below.
2. Deliver the unit to be serviced under warranty to: the retailer selling the product, an authorized service center, or to Yamaha with an explanation
of the problem. Please be prepared to provide proof purchase date (sales receipt, credit card copy, etc.) when requesting service and/or parts
under warranty.
3. Shipping and/or insurance costs are the consumers responsibility.* Units shipped for service should be packed securely.
*Repaired units will be returned PREPAID if warranty service is required within the first 90 days.
IMPORTANT: Do NOT ship anything to ANY location without prior authorization. A Return Authorization (RA) will be issued that has
a tracking number assigned that will expedite the servicing of your unit and provide a tracking system if needed.
4. Your owners manual contains important safety and operating instructions. It is your responsibility to be aware of the contents of this manual and
to follow all safety precautions.
EXCLUSIONS
This warranty does not apply to units whose trade name, trademark, and/or ID numbers have been altered, defaced, exchanged removed, or to fail-
ures and/or damages that may occur as a result of:
1. Neglect, abuse, abnormal strain, modification or exposure to extremes in temperature or humidity.
2. Improper repair or maintenance by any person who is not a service representative of a retail outlet authorized by Yamaha to sell the product, an
authorized service center, or an authorized service representative of Yamaha.
3. This warranty is applicable only to units sold by retailers authorized by Yamaha to sell these products in the U.S.A., the District of Columbia,
and Puerto Rico. This warranty is not applicable in other possessions or territories of the U.S.A. or in any other country.
Please record the model and serial number of the product you have purchased in the spaces provided below.
Model___________________________ Serial #________________________________ Sales Slip #________________________________
Purchased from____________________________________________________________ Date______________________________________
(Retailer)
YAMAHA CORPORATION OF AMERICA
Electronic Service Division
6600 Orangethorpe Avenue
Buena Park, CA 90620
KEEP THIS DOCUMENT FOR YOUR RECORDS. DO NOT MAIL!
HEAD OFFICE Yamaha Corporation, Pro Audio & Digital Musical Instrument Division
Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650
Tel: +81-53-460-3273
[PK] 27
For details of products, please contact your nearest Yamaha
representative or the authorized distributor listed below.
Pour plus de détails sur les produits, veuillez-vous adresser à Yamaha ou
au distributeur le plus proche de vous figurant dans la liste suivante.
Die Einzelheiten zu Produkten sind bei Ihrer unten aufgeführten
Niederlassung und bei Yamaha Vertragshändlern in den jeweiligen
Bestimmungsländern erhältlich.
Para detalles sobre productos, contacte su tienda Yamaha más cercana
o el distribuidor autorizado que se lista debajo.
CANADA
Yamaha Canada Music Ltd.
135 Milner Avenue, Scarborough, Ontario,
M1S 3R1, Canada
Tel: 416-298-1311
U.S.A.
Yamaha Corporation of America
6600 Orangethorpe Ave., Buena Park, Calif. 90620,
U.S.A.
Tel: 714-522-9011
MEXICO
Yamaha de Mexico S.A. De C.V.,
Departamento de ventas
Javier Rojo Gomez No.1149, Col. Gpe Del
Moral, Deleg. Iztapalapa, 09300 Mexico, D.F.
Tel: 686-00-33
BRAZIL
Yamaha Musical do Brasil LTDA.
Av. Rebouças 2636, São Paulo, Brasil
Tel: 011-853-1377
ARGENTINA
Yamaha de Panamá S.A. Sucursal de Argentina
Viamonte 1145 Piso2-B 1053,
Buenos Aires, Argentina
Tel: 1-4371-7021
PANAMA AND OTHER LATIN
AMERICAN COUNTRIES/
CARIBBEAN COUNTRIES
Yamaha de Panamá S.A.
Torre Banco General, Piso 7, Urbanización Marbella,
Calle 47 y Aquilino de la Guardia,
Ciudad de Panamá, Panamá
Tel: +507-269-5311
THE UNITED KINGDOM
Yamaha-Kemble Music (U.K.) Ltd.
Sherbourne Drive, Tilbrook, Milton Keynes,
MK7 8BL, England
Tel: 01908-366700
IRELAND
Danfay Ltd.
61D, Sallynoggin Road, Dun Laoghaire, Co. Dublin
Tel: 01-2859177
GERMANY
Yamaha Music Central Europe GmbH
Siemensstraße 22-34, 25462 Rellingen, Germany
Tel: 04101-3030
SWITZERLAND/LIECHTENSTEIN
Yamaha Music Central Europe GmbH,
Branch Switzerland
Seefeldstrasse 94, 8008 Zürich, Switzerland
Tel: 01-383 3990
AUSTRIA
Yamaha Music Central Europe GmbH,
Branch Austria
Schleiergasse 20, A-1100 Wien, Austria
Tel: 01-60203900
THE NETHERLANDS
Yamaha Music Central Europe,
Branch Nederland
Clarissenhof 5-b, 4133 AB Vianen, The Netherlands
Tel: 0347-358 040
BELGIUM/LUXEMBOURG
Yamaha Music Central Europe GmbH,
Branch Belgium
Rue de Geneve (Genevastraat) 10, 1140 - Brussels,
Belgium
Tel: 02-726 6032
FRANCE
Yamaha Musique France, S.A.
Division Professionnelle
BP 70-77312 Marne-la-Vallée Cedex 2, France
Tel: 01-64-61-4000
ITALY
Yamaha Musica Italia S.P.A.
Combo Division
Viale Italia 88, 20020 Lainate (Milano), Italy
Tel: 02-935-771
SPAIN/PORTUGAL
Yamaha-Hazen Música, S.A.
Ctra. de la Coruna km. 17, 200, 28230
Las Rozas (Madrid), Spain
Tel: 91-639-8888
GREECE
Philippos Nakas S.A. The Music House
147 Skiathou Street, 112-55 Athens, Greece
Tel: 01-228 2160
SWEDEN
Yamaha Scandinavia AB
J. A. Wettergrens Gata 1
Box 30053
S-400 43 Göteborg, Sweden
Tel: 031 89 34 00
DENMARK
YS Copenhagen Liaison Office
Generatorvej 8B
DK-2730 Herlev, Denmark
Tel: 44 92 49 00
FINLAND
F-Musiikki Oy
Kluuvikatu 6, P.O. Box 260,
SF-00101 Helsinki, Finland
Tel: 09 618511
NORWAY
Norsk filial av Yamaha Scandinavia AB
Grini Næringspark 1
N-1345 Østerås, Norway
Tel: 67 16 77 70
ICELAND
Skifan HF
Skeifan 17 P.O. Box 8120
IS-128 Reykjavik, Iceland
Tel: 525 5000
OTHER EUROPEAN COUNTRIES
Yamaha Music Central Europe GmbH
Siemensstraße 22-34, 25462 Rellingen, Germany
Tel: +49-4101-3030
Yamaha Corporation,
Asia-Pacific Music Marketing Group
Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650
Tel: +81-53-460-2312
TURKEY/CYPRUS
Yamaha Music Central Europe GmbH
Siemensstraße 22-34, 25462 Rellingen, Germany
Tel: 04101-3030
OTHER COUNTRIES
Yamaha Music Gulf FZE
LB21-128 Jebel Ali Freezone
P.O.Box 17328, Dubai, U.A.E.
Tel: +971-4-881-5868
HONG KONG
Tom Lee Music Co., Ltd.
11/F., Silvercord Tower 1, 30 Canton Road,
Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong
Tel: 2737-7688
INDONESIA
PT. Yamaha Music Indonesia (Distributor)
PT. Nusantik
Gedung Yamaha Music Center, Jalan Jend. Gatot
Subroto Kav. 4, Jakarta 12930, Indonesia
Tel: 21-520-2577
KOREA
Yamaha Music Korea Ltd.
Tong-Yang Securities Bldg. 16F 23-8 Yoido-dong,
Youngdungpo-ku, Seoul, Korea
Tel: 02-3770-0661
MALAYSIA
Yamaha Music Malaysia, Sdn., Bhd.
Lot 8, Jalan Perbandaran, 47301 Kelana Jaya,
Petaling Jaya, Selangor, Malaysia
Tel: 3-703-0900
PHILIPPINES
Yupangco Music Corporation
339 Gil J. Puyat Avenue, P.O. Box 885 MCPO,
Makati, Metro Manila, Philippines
Tel: 819-7551
SINGAPORE
Yamaha Music Asia Pte., Ltd.
11 Ubi Road #06-00, Meiban Industrial Building,
Singapore
Tel: 65-747-4374
TAIWAN
Yamaha KHS Music Co., Ltd.
3F, #6, Sec.2, Nan Jing E. Rd. Taipei.
Taiwan 104, R.O.C.
Tel: 02-2511-8688
THAILAND
Siam Music Yamaha Co., Ltd.
121/60-61 RS Tower 17th Floor,
Ratchadaphisek RD., Dindaeng,
Bangkok 10320, Thailand
Tel: 02-641-2951
THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA
AND OTHER ASIAN COUNTRIES
Yamaha Corporation,
Asia-Pacific Music Marketing Group
Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650
Tel: +81-53-460-2317
AUSTRALIA
Yamaha Music Australia Pty. Ltd.
Level 1, 99 Queensbridge Street, Southbank,
Victoria 3006, Australia
Tel: 3-9693-5111
NEW ZEALAND
Music Houses of N.Z. Ltd.
146/148 Captain Springs Road, Te Papapa,
Auckland, New Zealand
Tel: 9-634-0099
COUNTRIES AND TRUST
TERRITORIES IN PACIFIC OCEAN
Yamaha Corporation,
Asia-Pacific Music Marketing Group
Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650
Tel: +81-53-460-2312
NORTH AMERICA
CENTRAL & SOUTH AMERICA
EUROPE
AFRICA
MIDDLE EAST
ASIA
OCEANIA
M.D.G., Pro Audio & Digital Musical Instrument Division, Yamaha Corporation
© 2003 Yamaha Corporation
WA07130 ???PO???.?-03C0 Printed in China
Yamaha PK CLUB (Portable Keyboard Home Page, English only)
http://www.yamahaPKclub.com/
Yamaha Manual Library
http://www2.yamaha.co.jp/manual/english/

Transcripción de documentos

Install KEYBOARDMANIA to your computer (see page 3 and 60) and connect it to the EZ-250i by an USB cable – then play musical games and learn songs. SPECIAL MESSAGE SECTION This product utilizes batteries or an external power supply (adapter). DO NOT connect this product to any power supply or adapter other than one described in the manual, on the name plate, or specifically recommended by Yamaha. This product may also use “household” type batteries. Some of these may be rechargeable. Make sure that the battery being charged is a rechargeable type and that the charger is intended for the battery being charged. This product should be used only with the components supplied or; a cart, rack, or stand that is recommended by Yamaha. If a cart, etc., is used, please observe all safety markings and instructions that accompany the accessory product. When installing batteries, do not mix batteries with new, or with batteries of a different type. Batteries MUST be installed correctly. Mismatches or incorrect installation may result in overheating and battery case rupture. SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE: Do not attempt to disassemble, or incinerate any battery. Keep all batteries away from children. Dispose of used batteries promptly and as regulated by the laws in your area. Note: Check with any retailer of household type batteries in your area for battery disposal information. The information contained in this manual is believed to be correct at the time of printing. However, Yamaha reserves the right to change or modify any of the specifications without notice or obligation to update existing units. This product, either alone or in combination with an amplifier and headphones or speaker/s, may be capable of producing sound levels that could cause permanent hearing loss. DO NOT operate for long periods of time at a high volume level or at a level that is uncomfortable. If you experience any hearing loss or ringing in the ears, you should consult an audiologist. IMPORTANT: The louder the sound, the shorter the time period before damage occurs. Disposal Notice: Should this product become damaged beyond repair, or for some reason its useful life is considered to be at an end, please observe all local, state, and federal regulations that relate to the disposal of products that contain lead, batteries, plastics, etc. If your dealer is unable to assist you, please contact Yamaha directly. NAME PLATE LOCATION: NOTICE: Service charges incurred due to a lack of knowledge relating to how a function or effect works (when the unit is operating as designed) are not covered by the manufacturer’s warranty, and are therefore the owners responsibility. Please study this manual carefully and consult your dealer before requesting service. ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES: Yamaha strives to produce products that are both user safe and environmentally friendly. We sincerely believe that our products and the production methods used to produce them, meet these goals. In keeping with both the letter and the spirit of the law, we want you to be aware of the following: Battery Notice: This product MAY contain a small non-rechargeable battery which (if applicable) is soldered in place. The average life span of this type of battery is approximately five years. When replacement becomes necessary, contact a qualified service representative to perform the replacement. 92-BP (bottom) Warning: The name plate is located on the bottom of the product. The model number, serial number, power requirements, etc., are located on this plate. You should record the model number, serial number, and the date of purchase in the spaces provided below and retain this manual as a permanent record of your purchase. Model Serial No. Purchase Date PLEASE KEEP THIS MANUAL FCC INFORMATION (U.S.A.) 1. IMPORTANT NOTICE: DO NOT MODIFY THIS UNIT! This product, when installed as indicated in the instructions contained in this manual, meets FCC requirements. Modifications not expressly approved by Yamaha may void your authority, granted by the FCC, to use the product. 2. IMPORTANT: When connecting this product to accessories and/or another product use only high quality shielded cables. Cable/s supplied with this product MUST be used. Follow all installation instructions. Failure to follow instructions could void your FCC authorization to use this product in the USA. 3. NOTE: This product has been tested and found to comply with the requirements listed in FCC Regulations, Part 15 for Class “B” digital devices. Compliance with these requirements provides a reasonable level of assurance that your use of this product in a residential environment will not result in harmful interference with other electronic devices. This equipment generates/uses radio frequencies and, if not installed and used according to the instructions found in the users manual, may cause interference harmful to the operation of other electronic devices. Compliance * This applies only to products distributed by YAMAHA CORPORATION OF AMERICA. Relocate either this product or the device that is being affected by the interference. Utilize power outlets that are on different branch (circuit breaker or fuse) circuits or install AC line filter/s. In the case of radio or TV interference, relocate/reorient the antenna. If the antenna lead-in is 300 ohm ribbon lead, change the lead-in to co-axial type cable. If these corrective measures do not produce satisfactory results, please contact the local retailer authorized to distribute this type of product. If you can not locate the appropriate retailer, please contact Yamaha Corporation of America, Electronic Service Division, 6600 Orangethorpe Ave, Buena Park, CA90620 The above statements apply ONLY to those products distributed by Yamaha Corporation of America or its subsidiaries. (class B) OBSERVERA! Entsorgung leerer Batterien (nur innerhalb Deutschlands) Apparaten kopplas inte ur växelströmskällan (nätet) sá länge som den ar ansluten till vägguttaget, även om själva apparaten har stängts av. Leisten Sie einen Beitrag zum Umweltschutz. Verbrauchte Batterien oder Akkumulatoren dürfen nicht in den Hausmüll. Sie können bei einer Sammelstelle für Altbatterien bzw. Sondermüll abgegeben werden. Informieren Sie sich bei Ihrer Kommune. ADVARSEL: Netspæendingen til dette apparat er IKKE afbrudt, sálæenge netledningen siddr i en stikkontakt, som er t endt — ogsá selvom der or slukket pá apparatets afbryder. VAROITUS: Laitteen toisiopiiriin kytketty käyttökytkin ei irroita koko laitetta verkosta. (standby) 2 with FCC regulations does not guarantee that interference will not occur in all installations. If this product is found to be the source of interference, which can be determined by turning the unit “OFF” and “ON”, please try to eliminate the problem by using one of the following measures: EZ-250i Owner’s Manual (battery) Software License Agreement Yamaha Corporation (Yamaha) permits you use the Keyboardmania Yamaha Edition (Software) conditioned on your acceptance of this agreement. The Software includes all associated contents, all printed materials and all electronic documentation. Use of this Software will be taken to mean acceptance of this agreement, so please read the following terms carefully before you use the Software. 1. Copyright and permission for use Yamaha grants you as an individual the right to use the Software on only one computer at any single time. The ownership of the disk on which the Software is recorded belongs to you, but the ownership and copyright of the Program itself belongs to Yamaha and Yamaha’s Licensor(s). 2. Prohibitions and restrictions You may not reverse-compile, disassemble, reverse-engineer, or use any other method to convert the Software into a human-readable form, nor may you allow another person to do so. The Software may not be duplicated, corrected, modified, lent, leased, sold, distributed, licensed or disposed of in any other way in part or in whole. The creation of derivative works based on the content of the Software is also prohibited. The Software may not be transmitted over a network to another computer without written authorization from Yamaha. Your rights regarding the Software may be transferred to a third party only if this is done for non-commercial purposes and if the Software and all associated documentation including this agreement are included, and if the third party accepts this agreement. 3. Limitations of Liability The Software was developed at, and is copyrighted by, Yamaha and Yamaha’s Licensor(s). The Software is offered "AS IS" and Yamaha makes no warranty as to its use or performance. YAMAHA AND ITS SUPPLIERS DO NOT AND CANNOT WARRANT THE PERFORMANCE OR RESULTS YOU MAY OBTAIN BY USING THE SOFTWARE OR DOCUMENTATION. YAMAHA AND ITS SUPPLIERS MAKE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS, MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT WILL YAMAHA OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST SAVINGS, EVEN IF AN YAMAHA REPRESENTATIVE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, OR FOR ANY CLAIM BY ANY THIRD PARTY. ● COPYRIGHT NOTICE q Six of the demo-songs (or compositions) included in this keyboard are as follows: A Hard Day’s Night • Words and Music by John Lennon and Paul McCartney • Copyright © 1964 Sony/ATV Songs LLC • Copyright Renewed • All Rights Administered by Sony/ATV Music Publishing, 8 Music Square West, Nashville, TN37203 • International Copyright Secured All Rights Reserved Can’t Help Falling In Love • Words and Music by George David Weiss, Hugo Peretti and Luigi Creatore • Copyright © 1961 by Gladys Music, Inc. • Copyright Renewed and Assigned to Gladys Music • All Rights Administered by Cherry Lane Music Publishing Company, Inc. and Chrysalis Music • International Copyright Secured All Rights Reserved w Four of the demo-songs (or compositions) included in this keyboard are as follows: Composition Title : An Englishman In New York Composer’s Name : Sumner 0590545 Copyright Owner’s Name:G M SUMNER LTD Composition Title : Against All Odds Composer’s Name : Collins 0007403 Copyright Owner’s Name:EMI MUSIC PUBLISHING LTD / HIT & RUN MUSIC LTD Composition Title : Just The Way You Are Composer’s Name : Joel 0273671 Copyright Owner’s Name:EMI MUSIC PUBLISHING LTD Composition Title : Look Of Love Composer’s Name : Bacharach/David 0093316 Copyright Owner’s Name:Screen Gems - EMI Music Ltd Stella By Starlight • from the Paramount Picture THE UNINVITED • Words by Ned Washington • Music by Victor Young • Copyright © 1946 (Renewed 1973, 1974) by Famous Music Corporation • International Copyright Secured All Rights Reserved CAUTION: All Rights Reserved, Unauthorized copying, public performance and broadcasting are strictly prohibited regarding the above ten demosongs. Hey Jude • Words and Music by John Lennon and Paul McCartney • Copyright © 1968 Sony/ATV Songs LLC • Copyright Renewed • All Rights Administered by Sony/ATV Music Publishing, 8 Music Square West, Nashville, TN37203 • International Copyright Secured All Rights Reserved Edelweiss COPYRIGHT NOTICE This product incorporates and bundles computer programs and contents in which Yamaha owns copyrights or with respect to which it has license to use others’ copyrights. Such copyrighted materials include, without limitation, all computer software, styles files, MIDI files, WAVE data and sound recordings. Any unauthorized use of such programs and contents outside of personal use is not permitted under relevant laws. Any violation of copyright has legal consequences. DON’T MAKE, DISTRIBUTE OR USE ILLEGAL COPIES. • Lyrics by Oscar Hammerstein II • Music by Richard Rodgers • Copyright © 1959 by Richard Rodgers and Oscar Hammerstein II • Copyright Renewed • WILLIAMSON MUSlC owner of publication and allied rights throughout the world • International Copyright Secured All Rights Reserved Linus And Lucy 1 • By Vince Guaraldi • Copyright © 1965 LEE MENDELSON FILM PRODUCTIONS, INC. • Copyright Renewed • International Copyright Secured All Rights Reserved EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 3 PRECAUTIONS PLEASE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE PROCEEDING * Please keep this manual in a safe place for future reference. WARNING Always follow the basic precautions listed below to avoid the possibility of serious injury or even death from electrical shock, short-circuiting, damages, fire or other hazards. These precautions include, but are not limited to, the following: Power supply/AC power adaptor Water warning • Only use the voltage specified as correct for the instrument. The required voltage is printed on the name plate of the instrument. • Use the specified adaptor (PA-3C or PA-3B or an equivalent recommended by Yamaha) only. Using the wrong adaptor can result in damage to the instrument or overheating. • Check the electric plug periodically and remove any dirt or dust which may have accumulated on it. • Do not place the AC adaptor cord near heat sources such as heaters or radiators, and do not excessively bend or otherwise damage the cord, place heavy objects on it, or place it in a position where anyone could walk on, trip over, or roll anything over it. Do not open • Do not open the instrument or attempt to disassemble the internal parts or modify them in any way. The instrument contains no user-serviceable parts. If it should appear to be malfunctioning, discontinue use immediately and have it inspected by qualified Yamaha service personnel. • Do not expose the instrument to rain, use it near water or in damp or wet conditions, or place containers on it containing liquids which might spill into any openings. • Never insert or remove an electric plug with wet hands. Fire warning • Do not put burning items, such as candles, on the unit. A burning item may fall over and cause a fire. If you notice any abnormality • If the AC adaptor cord or plug becomes frayed or damaged, or if there is a sudden loss of sound during use of the instrument, or if any unusual smells or smoke should appear to be caused by it, immediately turn off the power switch, disconnect the adaptor plug from the outlet, and have the instrument inspected by qualified Yamaha service personnel. CAUTION Always follow the basic precautions listed below to avoid the possibility of physical injury to you or others, or damage to the instrument or other property. These precautions include, but are not limited to, the following: • Do not attempt to recharge batteries that are not intended to be charged. Power supply/AC power adaptor • When removing the electric plug from the instrument or an outlet, always hold the plug itself and not the cord. • When the batteries run out, or if the instrument is not to be used for a long time, remove the batteries from the instrument to prevent possible leakage of the battery fluid. • Unplug the AC power adaptor when not using the instrument, or during electrical storms. • Keep batteries away from children. • Do not connect the instrument to an electrical outlet using a multiple-connector. Doing so can result in lower sound quality, or possibly cause overheating in the outlet. • If the batteries do leak, avoid contact with the leaked fluid. If the battery fluid should come in contact with your eyes, mouth, or skin, wash immediately with water and consult a doctor. Battery fluid is corrosive and may possibly cause loss of sight or chemical burns. Battery Location • Always make sure all batteries are inserted in conformity with the +/- polarity markings. Failure to do so might result in overheating, fire, or battery fluid leakage. • Always replace all batteries at the same time. Do not use new batteries together with old ones. Also, do not mix battery types, such as alkaline batteries with manganese batteries, or batteries from different makers, or different types of batteries from the same maker, since this can cause overheating, fire, or battery fluid leakage. • Do not expose the instrument to excessive dust or vibrations, or extreme cold or heat (such as in direct sunlight, near a heater, or in a car during the day) to prevent the possibility of panel disfiguration or damage to the internal components. • Do not use the instrument in the vicinity of a TV, radio, stereo equipment, mobile phone, or other electric devices. Otherwise, the instrument, TV, or radio may generate noise. • Do not dispose of batteries in fire. (4)-8 1/2 2 4 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual • Do not place the instrument in an unstable position where it might accidentally fall over. • Before moving the instrument, remove all connected adaptor and other cables. • Use only the stand specified for the instrument. When attaching the stand or rack, use the provided screws only. Failure to do so could cause damage to the internal components or result in the instrument falling over. Handling caution • Do not insert a finger or hand in any gaps on the instrument. • Never insert or drop paper, metallic, or other objects into the gaps on the panel or keyboard. If this happens, turn off the power immediately and unplug the power cord from the AC outlet. Then have the instrument inspected by qualified Yamaha service personnel. • Do not place vinyl, plastic or rubber objects on the instrument, since this might discolor the panel or keyboard. Connections • Before connecting the instrument to other electronic components, turn off the power for all components. Before turning the power on or off for all components, set all volume levels to minimum. Also, be sure to set the volumes of all components at their minimum levels and gradually raise the volume controls while playing the instrument to set the desired listening level. • Do not rest your weight on, or place heavy objects on the instrument, and do not use excessive force on the buttons, switches or connectors. • Do not operate the instrument for a long period of time at a high or uncomfortable volume level, since this can cause permanent hearing loss. If you experience any hearing loss or ringing in the ears, consult a physician. Saving data Maintenance • When cleaning the instrument, use a soft, dry cloth. Do not use paint thinners, solvents, cleaning fluids, or chemical-impregnated wiping cloths. Saving and backing up your data • Saved data may be lost due to malfunction or incorrect operation. Save important data to external media. Yamaha cannot be held responsible for damage caused by improper use or modifications to the instrument, or data that is lost or destroyed. Always turn the power off when the instrument is not in use. When using a power adaptor, even when the power switch is in the “STANDBY” position, electricity is still flowing to the instrument at the minimum level. When you are not using the instrument for a long time, make sure you unplug the AC power adaptor from the wall AC outlet. Make sure to discard used batteries according to local regulations. The illustrations and LCD screens as shown in this owner’s manual are for instructional purposes only, and may be different from the ones on your instrument. ● Trademarks • Apple and Macintosh are trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. • Windows is the registered trademark of Microsoft® Corporation. All other trademarks are the property of their respective holders. 2/2 3 (4)-8 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 5 Congratulations on your purchase of the Yamaha EZ-250i PortaTone! You now own a portable keyboard that combines advanced functions, great sound and exceptional ease-of-use in a highly compact package. Its outstanding features also make it a remarkably expressive and versatile instrument. Read this Owner’s Manual carefully while playing your new EZ-250i in order to take full advantage of its various features. Main Features The EZ-250i is a sophisticated yet easy-to-use keyboard with the following features and functions: ■ Keyboard Mania................................................................................. page 3, 60 Included with the instrument (on CD-ROM) is the fun software program Keyboard Mania. Simply install it to your computer (Windows only) and connect the instrument via USB cable — and play musical games and learn songs the fun way. ■ Stereo Sampled Piano .......................................................................... page 21 The EZ-250i has a special Portable Grand Piano Voice — created by state-of-the-art stereo sampling technology and using Yamaha’s sophiscated AWM (Advanced Wave Memory) tone generation system. ■ Touch Response .................................................................................... page 27 The exceptionally natural Touch Response feature, with a convenient front panel on/off switch, gives you maximum expressive level control over the voices. It also works in conjunction with the Dynamic Filter, which dynamically adjusts the timbre or tone of a voice according to your playing strength — just a like a real musical instrument! ■ Yamaha Education Suite ......................................................... pages 40, 42, 49 The EZ-250i features the new Yamaha Education Suite — a set of learning tools that utilize the latest technology to make studying and practicing music more fun and fulfilling than ever before! ■ One Touch Setting ................................................................................. page 25 One Touch Setting (OTS), for automatically calling up an appropriate voice for playing with the selected Style and Song. ■ Powerful Speaker System The built-in stereo amplifier/speaker system of the EZ-250i — with a special Bass Boost feature — provides exceptionally powerful, high-quality sound, letting you hear the full dynamic range of the EZ-250i’s authentic voices. ■ USB......................................................................................................... page 56 This enables you to connect the instrument directly to a computer, for recording your performances and playing song data with the computer. ■ Flash Memory ........................................................................................ page 58 The internal flash memory of the instrument lets you save song data from a computer. The songs saved to the memory can then be used for playing and practice in the same way as the preset songs. ■ GM System Level 1 “GM System Level 1” is an addition to the MIDI standard which ensures that any GM-compatible music data can be accurately played by any GM-compatible tone generator, regardless of manufacturer. The GM mark is affixed to all software and hardware products that support GM System Level. ■ XGlite As its name implies, “XGlite” is a simplified version of Yamaha’s high-quality XG tone generation format. Naturally, you can play back any XG song data using an XGlite tone generator. However, keep in mind that some songs may play back differently compared to the original data, due to the reduced set of control parameters and effects. 4 6 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Contents Panel Controls and Terminals ........................ 8 Song Lesson .................................................. 49 Setting Up....................................................... 10 • Using the Lesson Feature ................................ 49 • Select the Lesson Track................................... 51 • Lesson 1 — Timing .......................................... 51 • Lesson 2 — Waiting ......................................... 52 • Lesson 3 — Minus One.................................... 52 • Lesson 4 — Both Hands .................................. 53 • Grade ............................................................... 53 • Power Requirements ........................................10 • Turning On the Power.......................................11 • Accessory Jacks ...............................................11 Quick Guide 12 Step 1 Voices ........................................................... 12 Step 2 Songs............................................................ 14 Step 3 Style ............................................................. 16 Basic Operation and LCD Display................ 18 Portable Grand............................................... 21 • Playing the Portable Grand...............................21 • Using the Metronome .......................................21 Playing Voices ............................................... 23 • Playing a Voice .................................................23 • #000 OTS .........................................................25 • Dual Voice ........................................................25 • Split Voice.........................................................26 • Setting the Split Point .......................................26 • Touch and Touch Sensitivity.............................27 • Transpose and Tuning......................................28 • Light Guide On and Off.....................................28 MIDI Functions ............................................... 54 • What Is MIDI? .................................................. 54 • Connecting to a Personal Computer ................ 56 • Local Control .................................................... 57 • External Clock .................................................. 57 • Using Initial Setup Send with a Sequencer ...... 57 • PC Mode .......................................................... 58 • Loading a Song into EZ-250i’s Flash Memory .................................. 58 Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide........ 60 • Contents of CD-ROM ....................................... 60 • CD-ROM Installation Procedure....................... 60 • Minimum System Requirements ...................... 61 • For Windows Users .......................................... 61 • For Macintosh Users ........................................ 63 • Setting up OMS ................................................ 64 Function.......................................................... 66 • Using the Function parameters ........................ 66 Effects............................................................. 29 Data Backup ................................................... 68 • Harmony ...........................................................29 • Reverb ..............................................................29 • Chorus ..............................................................30 • Sustain..............................................................30 Troubleshooting............................................. 69 Selecting and Playing Styles ........................ 33 Drum Kit List .................................................. 76 • Selecting a Style ...............................................33 • Playing the Styles .............................................34 • Changing the Tempo ........................................38 • Accompaniment Sections (Main A/B and Fill-ins) ......................................39 • Adjusting the Style Volume...............................39 • Using Auto Accompaniment — Multi Fingering ..................................................40 • Dictionary..........................................................42 Voice List ........................................................ 70 Style List ......................................................... 75 MIDI Implementation Chart ........................... 78 Effect map....................................................... 80 Specifications................................................. 81 Index................................................................ 82 Selecting and Playing Songs........................ 45 5 • Selecting a Song...............................................45 • Playing the Songs.............................................46 • A-B Repeat .......................................................47 • Melody Voice Change.......................................48 • Adjusting the Song Volume ..............................48 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 7 Panel Controls and Terminals ■ Front Panel w q e r t !0 y 001 -03 !3 !4 !5 !6 !7 !8 GrandPno u i !2 !1 o !9 @0 @1 @2 @3 @4 q [MASTER VOLUME] dial This determines the overall volume of the EZ-250i. !0 [Dict.] button This calls up the Dictionary function (See page 42). w Power switch ([STANDBY/ON]) !1 LESSON [L] (Left) and [R] (Right) buttons These call up the Lesson exercises for the corresponding hand (left or right) for the selected song. (See page 49.) e [METRONOME] button This turns the metronome on and off. (See page 21.) Holding down this button calls up the Time Signet settings. r [PORTABLE GRAND] button This instantly calls up the Grand Piano voice. (See page 21.) t [PC] button This convenient control lets you instantly call up the specified MIDI settings for optimum use with a connected computer. (See page 58.) y [FUNCTION] button This calls up the Function mode and stores the specified panel setting to the flash memory (See pages 66, 68). u [SONG] button This is for enabling song selection. (See page 45.) i [STYLE] button This is for enabling style selection. (See page 33.) o [VOICE] button This is for enabling voice selection. (See page 23.) Holding down this button calls up the Melody Voice Change function. (See page 48.) !2 Numeric keypad, [+/ON] and [–/OFF] buttons These are used for selecting songs, voices, and styles. (See pages 19.) They are also used for adjusting certain settings and answering certain display prompts. !3 [ACMP ON/OFF] / [A-B REPEAT] button When the Style mode is selected, this turns the auto accompaniment on and off. (See page 34.) In the Song mode, this calls up the A-B Repeat function. (See page 47.) !4 [SYNC START] / [ PAUSE] button This turns the Sync Start function on and off. (See page 35.) In the Song mode, it is used to temporarily pause song playback. (See page 46.) !5 [START/STOP] button When the Style mode is selected, this alternately starts and stops the style. (See page 34.) In the Song mode, this alternately starts and stops song playback. (See page 46.) 6 8 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Panel Controls and Terminals !6 [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] / [ REW] button When the Style mode is selected, this is used to control the Intro and Ending functions. (See page 34.) When the Song mode is selected, this is used as a “rewind” control, or move the song playback point back toward the beginning. !7 [MAIN/AUTO FILL] / [ FF] button When the Style mode is selected, this is used to change auto accompaniment sections and control the Auto Fill function. (See page 39.) When the Song mode is selected, this is used as a “fast forward” control, or move the song playback point toward the end. !8 [TEMPO/TAP] button This button is used to call up the Tempo setting, letting you set the Tempo with the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons. (See page 21.) It also allows you to tap out the tempo and automatically start a selected song or style at that tapped speed. (See page 35.) !9 [DUAL] button This turns the Dual voice on or off. (See page 25.) @0 [SPLIT] button This turns the Split voice on and off. (See page 26.) @1 [HARMONY] button This turns the Harmony effect on and off. (See page 29.) @2 [TOUCH] button This turns the Touch function on and off. (See page 27.) Holding down this button calls up the Touch Sensitivity settings. @3 [LIGHT ON/OFF] button This turns the Light Guide on or off. (See page 28.) @4 [DEMO] button This is used to play the Demo songs. (See page 14.) ■ Rear Panel @5 @6 @5 USB terminals This is for connection to a computer. (See page 56.) @8 @7 PHONES/OUTPUT jack This is for connection to a set of stereo headphones or to an external amplifier/speaker system. (See page 11.) @8 DC IN 12V jack This is for connection to a PA-3C or PA-3B AC power adaptor. (See page 10.) 7 @6 SUSTAIN jack This is for connection to an optional FC4 or FC5 Footswitch for control over sustain, just like the damper pedal on a piano. (See page 11.) @7 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 9 Setting Up This section contains information about setting up your EZ-250i for playing. Make sure to read this section carefully before using the instrument. Power Requirements Although the EZ-250i will run either from an optional AC adaptor or batteries, Yamaha recommends use of an AC adaptor whenever possible. An AC adaptor is more environmentally friendly than batteries and does not deplete resources. ■ Using an AC Power Adaptor • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • q Make sure that the [STANDBY/ON] switch of the EZ-250i is set to STANDBY. w Connect the AC adaptor (PA-3C, PA-3B, or other adaptor specifically recommended by Yamaha) to the DC IN 12V jack. e Plug the AC adaptor into an AC outlet. w e • Use ONLY a Yamaha PA-3C or PA-3B AC Power Adaptor (or other adaptor specifically recommended by Yamaha) to power your instrument from the AC mains. The use of other adaptors may result in irreparable damage to both the adaptor and the EZ-250i. • Unplug the AC Power Adaptor when not using the EZ-250i, or during electrical storms. ■ Using Batteries • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • For battery operation the EZ-250i requires six 1.5V “D” size, LR20 or equivalent batteries. When the batteries need to be replaced, the volume may be reduced, the sound may be distorted, and other problems may occur. When this happens, turn the power off and replace the batteries, as described below q Open the battery compartment cover located on the instrument’s bottom panel. w Insert the six new batteries, being careful to follow the polarity markings in the compartment cover. e Replace the compartment cover, making sure that it locks firmly in place. • Use only manganese or alkaline batteries for this instrument. Other types of batteries (including rechargable batteries) may have sudden drops of power when battery power becomes low, possibly resulting in loss of data in the flash memory and the need to initialize the flash memory. • When the batteries run down, replace them with a complete set of six new batteries. NEVER mix old and new batteries. • Do not use different kinds of batteries (e.g. alkaline and manganese) at the same time. • If the instrument is not to be in use for a long time, remove the batteries from it, in order to prevent possible fluid leakage from the battery. • The effective life of rechargeable batteries may shorter than that of conventional batteries. 8 10 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Setting Up Turning On the Power With the AC power adaptor connected or with batteries installed, simply move the power switch until it is set to the ON position. When the instrument is not in use, be sure to turn the power off. • Even when the switch is in the “STANDBY” position, electricity is still flowing to the instrument at the minimum level. When you are not using the EZ-250i for a long time, make sure you unplug the AC power adaptor from the wall AC outlet, and/or remove the batteries from the instrument. • Never attempt to turn the power off when data is being transferred from a computer. Doing so can damage the internal flash memory and result in loss of data. Accessory Jacks ■ Using Headphones• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • For private practicing and playing without disturbing others, connect a set of stereo headphones to the rear panel PHONES/OUTPUT jack. Sound from the built-in speaker system is automatically cut off when you insert a headphone plug into this jack. ■ Connecting a Keyboard Amplifier or Stereo System • • • • • • • Though the EZ-250i is equipped with a built-in speaker system, you can also play it through an external amplifier/speaker system. First, make sure the EZ-250i and any external devices are turned off, then connect one end of a stereo audio cable to the LINE IN or AUX IN jack(s) of the other device and the other end to the rear panel PHONES/OUTPUT jack on the EZ-250i. Stereo System • To prevent damage to the speakers, set the volume of the external devices at the minimum setting before connecting them. Failure to observe these cautions may result in electric shock or equipment damage. Also, be sure to set the volumes of all devices at their minimum levels and gradually raise the volume controls while playing the instrument to set the desired listening level. ■ Using a Footswitch • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • This feature lets you use an optional footswitch (Yamaha FC4 or FC5) to sustain the sound of the voices. The footswitch functions the same way as a damper pedal on an acoustic piano — press and hold down the footswitch as you play the keyboard to sustain the sound. ■ Connecting to a computer (USB terminal) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Do not press the footswitch while turning the power on. Doing this changes the recognized polarity of the footswitch, resulting in reversed footswitch operation. • Make sure to purchase a quality USB cable at a musical instrument store, computer store or electrical appliance store. 9 By connecting the USB terminal of this instrument to the USB terminal of a computer, you can transfer performance data and song files between the instrument. (See page 56.) • Make sure that the footswitch plug is properly connected to the SUSTAIN jack before turning on the power. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 11 Quick Guide Step 1 Voices w zx 001 GrandPno -03 q z Playing the Piano Simply by pressing the [PORTABLE GRAND] button, you can automatically select the Grand Piano voice. z Press the [PORTABLE GRAND] button. Playing along with the Metronome z Press the [METRONOME] button. 001 GrandPno -03 x Play the keyboard. x Stop the Metronome. Want to find out more? See page 21. Want to find out more? See page 21. 10 12 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Step 1 Voices Selecting and Playing Other Voices The EZ-250i has a huge total of 480 dynamic and realistic instrument voices. Let’s try a few of them out now... w Select a voice. q Press the [VOICE] button. 001 002 GrandPno BritePno -03 e Play the keyboard. Want to find out more? See page 23. ● Panel Voice List No. 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015 016 017 018 019 020 021 022 023 024 025 026 027 028 029 Voice Name PIANO Grand Piano Bright Piano Honky-tonk Piano MIDI Grand Piano CP 80 Harpsichord E.PIANO Galaxy EP Funky Electric Piano DX Modern Elec. Piano Hyper Tines Venus Electric Piano Clavi ORGAN Jazz Organ 1 Jazz Organ 2 Click Organ Bright Organ Rock Organ Purple Organ 16'+2' Organ 16'+4' Organ Theater Organ Church Organ Chapel Organ Reed Organ ACCORDION Traditional Accordion Musette Accordion Bandoneon Harmonica GUITAR Classical Guitar No. 030 031 032 033 034 035 036 037 038 039 040 041 042 043 044 045 046 047 048 049 050 051 052 053 054 055 056 057 058 059 060 Voice Name Folk Guitar 12Strings Guitar Jazz Guitar Octave Guitar Clean Guitar 60’s Clean Guitar Muted Guitar Overdriven Guitar Distortion Guitar BASS Acoustic Bass Finger Bass Pick Bass Fretless Bass Slap Bass Synth Bass Hi-Q Bass Dance Bass STRINGS String Ensemble Chamber Strings Synth Strings Slow Strings Tremolo Strings Pizzicato Strings Orchestra Hit Violin Cello Contrabass Banjo Harp CHOIR Choir Vocal Ensemble No. 061 062 063 064 065 066 067 068 069 070 071 072 073 074 075 076 077 078 079 080 081 082 083 084 085 086 087 088 089 Voice Name Vox Humana Air Choir SAXOPHONE Soprano Sax Alto Sax Tenor Sax Breathy Tenor Baritone Sax Oboe English Horn Bassoon Clarinet TRUMPET Trumpet Muted Trumpet Trombone Trombone Section French Horn Tuba BRASS Brass Section Big Band Brass Mellow Horns Synth Brass Jump Brass Techno Brass FLUTE Flute Piccolo Pan Flute Recorder Ocarina SYNTH LEAD Square Lead No. 090 091 092 093 094 095 096 097 098 099 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 Voice Name Sawtooth Lead Voice Lead Star Dust Brightness Analogon Fargo SYNTH PAD Fantasia Bell Pad Xenon Pad Equinox Dark Moon PERCUSSION Vibraphone Marimba Xylophone Steel Drums Celesta Tubular Bells Timpani Music Box DRUM KITS Standard Kit 1 Standard Kit 2 Room Kit Rock Kit Electronic Kit Analog Kit Dance Kit Jazz Kit Brush Kit Symphony Kit SFX Kit 1 SFX Kit 2 11 * This list includes only a portion of the total available voices. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 13 Quick Guide Step 2 Songs q xw z 001 HardDays -03 xc zx Playing the Songs The EZ-250i is packed with a total of 80 songs, including 10 Demo songs — which has been specially created to showcase the rich and dynamic sounds of the instrument. There are also 70 additional songs, designed to be used with the educational Lesson feature. You can also play songs loaded to the instrument via USB. The songs can be stored to the song numbers 081-180. Playing a single song Playing the Demo song Let’s play the Demo song now. Naturally, you can also individually select and play back the EZ-250i’s songs. z Start the Demo song. z Press the [SONG] button. 001 HardDays 001 HardDays -03 You can also play back songs of other categories. Simply select the appropriate number of the desired song during playback. -03 x Select a song. x Stop the Demo song. 002 CantHelp or c Start (and stop) the song. • The EZ-250i also has a Demo Cancel function that allows you to disable Demo song function. Set Demo Cancel in the Function mode (page 67). Want to find out more? See page 45. 12 14 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Step 2 Songs ● Song List No. 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015 016 Changing the volume of the song This lets you adjust the volume balance between the song and your keyboard performance. q Press the [FUNCTION] button, until SongVol is indicated in the display. 100 SongVol -03 w Use the [+]/[–] buttons to adjust the song volume. You can also use the numeric keypad to directly enter the value. 120 SongVol 017 018 019 020 021 022 023 024 025 026 027 028 029 030 031 032 033 034 035 036 037 038 039 040 041 Want to find out more? See page 48. 042 043 044 No. Song Name (Comporser) DUET 046 Row Row Row Your Boat (Traditional) 047 We Wish You A Merry Christmas (Traditional) 048 Ten Little Indians (Septimus Winner) 049 O Du Lieber Augustin (Traditional) 050 London Bridge (Traditional) CHORD LESSON 051 Bill Bailey (Won’t You Please Come Home) (H. Cannon) 052 Down By The Riverside (Traditional) 053 Camptown Races (S.C. Foster) 054 Little Brown Jug (Joseph Winner) 055 Loch Lomond (Traditional) 056 Oh! Susanna (S.C. Foster) 057 Greensleeves (Traditional) 058 Aura Lee (G. Poulton) 059 Silent Night (F. Gruber) 060 The Danube Waves (I. Ivanovici) 061 Twinkle Twinkle Little Star (Traditional) 062 Close Your Hands, Open Your Hands (J.J. Rousseau) 063 The Cuckoo (Traditional) 064 O Du Lieber Augustin (Traditional) 065 London Bridge (Traditional) 066 American Patrol (F.W. Meacham) 067 Beautiful Dreamer (S.C. Foster) 068 Battle Hymn Of The Republic (Traditional) 069 Home Sweet Home (H. Bishop) 070 Valse Des Fleurs (From “The Nutcracker”) (P.I. Tchaikovsky) 071 Aloha Oe (Traditional) 072 I’ve Been Working On The Railroad (Traditional) 073 My Darling Clementine (Traditional) 074 Auld Lang Syne (Traditional) 075 Grandfather’s Clock (H.C. Work) 076 Amazing Grace (Traditional) 077 My Bonnie (H.J Fulmer) 078 Yankee Doodle (Traditional) 079 Joy To The World (G.F. Händel) 080 Ave Maria (F.Schubert) 081– FLASH MEMORY 13 045 Song Name (Comporser) FAVORITES A Hard Day’s Night Can’t Help Falling In Love Linus And Lucy Just The Way You Are Against All Odds Englishman In New York Hey Jude The Look Of Love Stella By Starlight Edelweiss PIANIST Arabesque (J.F.Burgmüller) Innocence (J.F.Burgmüller) Etude op.10-3 “Chanson De L’adieu” (F.Chopin) Menuett (L. Boccherini) Nocturne op.9-2 (F. Chopin) Moments Musicaux op.94-3 (F. Schubert) The Entertainer (S. Joplin) Prelude (Wohltemperierte Klavier 1-1) (J.S. Bach) La Viollette (Streabbog) Für Elise (L.v. Beethoven) PRACTICE America The Beautiful (S.A. Ward) Londonderry Air (Traditional) Ring De Banjo (S.C. Foster) Wenn Ich Ein Vöglein Wär ? (Traditional) Die Lorelei (F. Silcher) Funiculi-Funicula (L. Denza) Turkey In The Straw (Traditional) Old Folks At Home (S.C. Foster) Jingle Bells (J.S. Pierpont) Muss I Denn (F. Silcher) Liebesträume Nr.3 (F. Liszt) Jesu, Joy Of Man’s Desiring (J.S. Bach) Symphonie Nr.9 (L.v. Beethoven) Song Of The Pearl Fisher (G. Bizet) Gavotte (F.J. Gossec) String Quartet No.17 2nd mov. “Serenade” (F.J. Haydn) Menuett (J.S. Bach) Canon (J. Pachelbel) From “The Magic Flute” (W.A Mozart) Piano Sonate op.27-2 “Mondschein” (L.v. Beethoven) “The Surprise” Symphony (F.J. Haydn) To A Wild Rose (E.A. MacDowell) Air de Toréador “Carmen” (G. Bizet) O Mio Babbino Caro (From “Gianni Schicchi”) (G. Puccini) Frühlingslied (F. Mendelssohn) EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 15 Quick Guide Step 3 Style x zb 001 8BtModrn 001 c vm z n Using the Style The powerful yet easy-to-use Style features give you professional instrumental backing for your performances. Simply play chords with your left hand — and the EZ-250i automatically produces appropriate bass, chord and rhythm backing. Use your right hand to play melodies, and you’ll sound like an entire band! Accompaniment area Left hand + Auto accompaniment (for example, bass + guitar + drums) Right hand Melody (for example, piano) • For more infomation on playing proper chords for the auto accompaniment, see “Using Auto Accompaniment — Multi Fingering” on page 40 and “Dictionary” on page 42. z Press the [STYLE] button. 001 8BtModrn x Select a style. 002 60sGtPop 001 c Turn the auto accompaniment on. 14 16 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Step 3 Style Looking up Chords in the Dictionary The convenient Dictionary function teaches you how to play chords by showing you the individual notes. In the example below, we’ll learn how to play a GM7 chord... Keys for entering the chord (C1 — B2) Keys for entering the chord type (C3 — B4) Keys for entering the chord root (C5 — B5) Learning how to play a specific chord Example: G M7 Root note Chord type c Specify the chord type of the chord (in this case, M7). v Play the notes of the chord according to the Light Guide. The “Congratulation” melody plays when the chord is played properly Chord area z Press the [Dict.] button. Dict. x Specify the root note of the chord (in this case, G). The keys light to show you how to play the chord. You can also play chord inversions, as described in the note on page 40 (Fingered Chords). b To leave the Dictionary function, press the [Dict.] button again. Want to find out more? See page 42. v Turn the Sync Start function on. n Select a section. The auto accompaniment has four sections: Intro, Main A/B, and Ending. b Play a chord with your left hand. The style starts as soon as you play the keyboard. For more on chords, see “Looking up Chords in the Dictionary” above. m Stop the style. Accompaniment area 15 Want to find out more? See page 34. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 17 Basic Operation and LCD Display Adjusting the Volume Name and Number indication (Song/Style /Voice) Turn the [MASTER VOLUME] dial. Currently selected name and number (Song, Style or Voice) appear here. For example, when song is selected: Song number Decreases the overall volume. Increases the overall volume. 001 Song name HardDays HardDays 001 -03 Function settings and indications This button lets you call up the various function settings. ............................. See page 66 ............................. See page 67 ....................... See page 23, 67 ....................... See page 25, 67 ....................... See page 26, 67 ....................... See page 29, 67 ............................. See page 67 Note that the function bar in the LCD indicates the function category (Overall, Volume, etc.) when you select each function, and the currently selected function name and value appears in the LCD. For example, when Transpose is selected: Function bar 00 Value Setting values ● Use the numeric [0]-[9] buttons or [+]/[–] buttons. Decreases the number by one step. Increases the number by one step. To continuously change the number up or down, press and hold the appropriate [+]/[–] button. To input a negative value, simultaneously hold the [–] button and enter the number. Function name Transpos -03 16 18 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Basic Operation and LCD Display Entering one of the modes (Song, Style or Voice) ● Pressing one of the buttons below calls up the appropriate mode — Song, Style or Voice, and the indicator in the display appears the currently selected mode. Song Style Voice Select the desired song. Select the desired style. Select the desired voice. ● The following indications appear when you press the [VOICE] button in the Song or Style mode. • For selecting a voice in the Song mode. • For selecting a voice in the Style mode. Entering numbers ● Use the [+]/[–] buttons when you want to change the number in single steps. Decreases the number by one step. [PRESS AND HOLD FOR A WHILE] indication Buttons having this indication can be used to call up an alternate function when the relevant button is pressed and held. Hold down this button until the function calls up. To continuously change the number up or down, press and hold the appropriate [+]/[–] button. ● To directly enter the desired number, use numeric buttons [0]-[9]. Ex. Voice number 109: Standard Kit 1 109 Music Rest Insert the bottom edge of the included music rest into the slot located at the top rear of the EZ-250i control panel. Increases the number by one step. Std.Kit1 Press the numeric buttons [1], [0], [9] in order. 17 • If the first digit or first two digits of the number are “0,” (ex., 074 or 005), pressing the [0] button is unnecessary. However, pressing the [0] button is necessary if “0” is part of the number (ex., 105). EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 19 Basic Operation and LCD Display DUAL NOTATION Normally, these indicate which keys or notes are played, or which keys to play when using the Dictionary function. Indicates that the Dual Voice feature is turned on. SPLIT Indicates that the Split feature is turned on. HARMONY • Any notes occurring below or above the staff are indicated by “8va” in the notation. Indicates that the Harmony feature is turned on. • In certain cases, a note may not be fully shown in the display. TOUCH Indicates that Touch is turned on. SUSTAIN Indicates that Sustain is turned on. 001 GrandPno 003 CHORD Indicates the chord name when playing in the style or song (only chord type song) mode. MEASURE number Indicates the current measure number of the song or style. 003 Accompaniment On (ACMP ON) Indicates when accompaniment is on. Fingering guide During the Lesson, this guide suggests a fingering for playing the song. 18 20 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Portable Grand This convenient function lets you instantly call up the Grand Piano voice. Playing the Portable Grand Press the [PORTABLE GRAND] button. 001 GrandPno 001 Doing this automatically selects the special “Stereo Sampled Piano” Grand Piano voice. Using the Metronome 1 Call up the Tempo setting. Press the [TEMPO/TAP] button. Current Tempo value 128 TEMPO 001 2 Change the value. Use the numeric keypad to set the desired Tempo value, or use the [+]/[–] buttons to increase or decrease the value. Restoring the Default Tempo Value 19 Each song and style has been given a default or standard Tempo setting. If you’ve changed the Tempo, you can instantly restore the default setting by pressing both [+]/[–] buttons simultaneously (when Tempo is selected). EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 21 Portable Grand 3 Turn on the Metronome. Press the [METRONOME] button. The metronome is indicated as follows (for a time signature of 4/4): 1 1 4 Indicates the metronome in the measure. 2 3 To turn the Metronome off, press the [METRONOME] button again. Setting the Metronome Time Signature The time signature of the Metronome can be set to various quarter-note based meters. Press and hold the [METRONOME] button (until “TimeSig” appears in the display), then press the button on the numeric keypad or [+]/[–]buttons that corresponds to the desired time signature (see chart right). The Time Signature also can be set in the Function mode (page 67). • The time signature changes automatically when a style or song is selected. Numeric keypad 0 01 02 03 04 : 15 Time signature Plays no “1” beats (all low clicks) 1/4 — Plays only “1” beats (all high clicks) 2/4 3/4 4/4 : 15/4 04 TimeSig Indicates current beat number. Adjusting the Metronome Volume You can adjust the volume of the Metronome sound in the Function mode (page 67). The volume range is 000 127. 20 22 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Playing Voices The EZ-250i features a total of 480 authentic voices — all of which have been created with Yamaha’s sophisticated AWM (Advanced Wave Memory) tone generation system. These include 360 XG Lite voices and drum kits. The EZ-250i also has a Dual Voice or Split Voice function that lets you combine two different voices in a layer, or play from separate areas of the keyboard, play the two together across the keyboard. Playing a Voice 1 Press the [VOICE] button. Voice number and name 001 GrandPno -03 2 Select the desired voice number. The categories of each voice and their numbers are shown on the panel. A complete voice list of the available voices is given on page 70. 3 • Selecting the #000 OTS voice calls up a convenient feature — automatically selecting an appropriate voice to best match the current style or song. Play the selected voice. Since either the Style or Song mode is active in the background, you can also play styles or songs, respectively, in the Voice mode by simply pressing the [START/STOP] button. The last selected style, or song will be played. The following parameteres can be set in the Function mode (page 67). SELECT Volume Octave Reverb Send Level Chorus Send Level 21 CATEGORY Main Voice EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 23 22 24 q C lic k u Br H s us h S h w Ta irl p Sn Sw a ir Sn re l R Ba are oll ss H S Ba Dr o ss um ft D ru Sof m t Ba Ha ss rd D ru Sn Sna m ar re e H M H Fl oo ar d r Fl To oo m rT L om Lo H w M To id m T M om id L To C H mH hi ig n h R ese To id C m e C ym y Sp mb bal la al C C sh C up ra sh ym ba C y R id mb l e a C ym l 2 ba l2 B C on ong ga o H H M C ute on Ti ga m L ba l Ag e H og o Sa C H m a ba ba Sa W sa h m ba istl e W h H G istle W uiro L oo L d on W Blo g oo ck d B H C loc ui ca k L Tr O ia ng pe n le O p Ji ng en le Be Bel ll T l re e Br Se EZ-250i Owner’s Manual im R When one of the 12 Drum Kit voices is selected, you can play different drum and percussion instrument sounds from the keyboard. • For more details, see page 76. No. 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 Name Standard Kit 1 Standard Kit 2 Room Kit Rock Kit Electronic Kit Analog Kit Dance Kit Jazz Kit Brush Kit Symphony Kit SFX Kit 1 SFX Kit 2 ui ca Tr Mut ia ng e l Sh e M u ak er te Drum Kit Voice List (voices 109-120) C de Si Sh ot St ick H an d C la p H i-H at C H i-H los ed at P H i-H eda l at O pe n C ra sh C R ym id e ba C ym l 1 ba Ta l1 m bo u C ow rine be ll Vi br as la p Bo ng o L C on ga H O pe Ti m n ba le Ag L og o L M ar ac as G ui ro Sh C o la ve rt s pe n St O Sl ap Ta p ta ne t ick s h h us us as C Br Br Playing Voices LCD Std.Kit1 Std.Kit2 Room Kit Rock Kit Elct.Kit AnlogKit DanceKit Jazz Kit BrushKit SymphKit SFX Kit1 SFX Kit2 ● For example, when 109 “Standard Kit 1” is selected: C3 Playing Voices #000 OTS This special “voice” is actually a convenient feature which automatically selects a suitable voice for you when you select a style or a song. The voice is selected to best match the style or song you’ve called up. Select voice #000 (OTS). #000 OTS is selected. 000 Alto Sax Dual Voice The Dual Voice function lets you combine two different voices in a layer — one the Main voice, which is selected normally, and the other the Dual voice, which is selected in the Function mode (page 67). You can also set various parameters independently for these voices, such as giving them separate volume, octave, Reverb, and Chorus settings. This lets you create an optimum mix for the voices, and enhance the way they blend together. The following parameters can be set in the Function mode (page 67). CATEGORY Dual Voice SELECT Voice Volume Octave Reverb Send Level Chorus Send Level To turn the Dual Voice on or off, press the [DUAL] button. Indicates Dual Voice is on. 001 GrandPno 23 -03 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 25 Playing Voices Split Voice The Split Voice function lets you assign two different Voices to opposite areas of the keyboard, and play one Voice with your left hand while your right plays another. For example, you could play bass with the left hand and play piano with the right. The right-hand (or upper) Voice is selected in the Main Voice mode (page 23), and the left-hand (or lower) Voice is selected in the Function mode (page 67), along with the other Split Voice parameters shown below. The following parameters can be set in the Function mode (page 67). CATEGORY Split Voice SELECT Voice Volume Octave Reverb Send Level Chorus Send Level To turn the Split Voice on or off, press the [SPLIT] button. Indicates Split Voice is on. 001 GrandPno -03 Setting the Split Point The Split Point determines the highest key for the split voice and sets the split point. Split Point Split Voice • This setting also affects the split point for the accompaniment area. Main Voice Split Point can be set in the Function mode (page 66). 24 26 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Playing Voices Touch and Touch Sensitivity The EZ-250i features a Touch Response function that gives you dynamic, expressive control over the volume of the voices. The Touch Sensitivity parameter lets you set the degree of Touch Response. 1 Turn the Touch function on or off as desired by pressing the [TOUCH] button. Indicates Touch function is on. 001 GrandPno -03 2 Changing the Touch Sensitivity Value. Press and hold down the [TOUCH] button, then press the appropriate numbered button on the numeric keypad: 1, 2, 3, or [+]/[–]. 1 Soft Sensitivity can also be set in the Function mode (page 66). ● Settings: 1 (Soft) 2 (Medium) 3 (Hard) This results in limited touch response, and produces a relatively narrow dynamic range, no matter how lightly or strongly you play the keys. This lets you play over a normal dynamic range (soft to loud). This is designed for playing very soft passages, giving you slightly more detailed control in the soft volume range. When Touch is turned off, a constant volume (corresponding to a velocity value of 80) is produced. Restoring the Default Touch Sensitivity Value 25 The default Touch Sensitivity is 2 (Medium). To restore the default value, press both [+]/[–] buttons simultaneously (when Touch Sensitivity is selected). EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 27 Playing Voices Transpose and Tuning You can also adjust the tuning and change the transposition (key) of the entire EZ250i sound with the Transpose and Tuning functions. ■ Transpose • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Transpose determines the key of both the main voice and the bass/chord accompaniment. It also determines the pitch of the songs. This allows you to easily match the pitch of the EZ-250i to other instruments or singers, or play in a different key without changing your fingering. The Transpose settings can be adjusted over a range of ± 12 semitones (± 1 octave). • The Transpose function has no effect on the Drum Kits voices (#109 - #120). Transpose can be set in the Function mode (page 66). ■ Tuning • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Tuning determines the fine pitch setting of both the main voice and the bass/chord accompaniment. It also determines the pitch of the songs. This allows you to accurately match the tuning with that of other instruments. The Tuning settings can be adjusted over a range of ± 100 (approx. ± 1 semitone). • The Tuning settings have no effect on the Drum Kit voices (#109 - #120). Tuning can be set in the Function mode (page 66). Light Guide On and Off You can switch the Light Guide on or off. The Light Guide can be used as a keyboard guide during song playback, while you are using the Lesson or the Dictionary function. Turn the Light Guide ON or OFF. Press the [LIGHT ON/OFF] button. on LIGHT • Playing while looking at the lights for a long period of time may cause eyestrain or stiffness in your neck and shoulders. For your health and comfort, we recommend that you take a ten-minute break after every hour of playing. -03 26 28 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Effects The EZ-250i is equipped with a wide variety of effects that can be used to enhance the sound of the voices. The EZ-250i has three separate effect systems — Harmony, Reverb and Chorus — and each has many different effect types to choose from. Harmony The Harmony section features a variety of performance effects that enhance the melodies you play when using the accompaniment styles of the EZ-250i. A total of twenty-six Harmony types are available. (See page 31.) Tremolo, Trill and Echo effects can be used even if accompaniment is off. There are five different Harmony Types that automatically create harmony parts (for notes played in the upper area of the keyboard) to match the accompaniment chords. • For the first five Harmony Types (Duet, Trio, Block, Country, and Octave), chords must be played in the Accompaniment area of the keyboard. The Harmony voice(s) change in pitch to best match the chords you play. • The speed of the Trill, Tremolo, and Echo effects depends on the Tempo setting (page 31). Turn on/off the Harmony effect. Press the [HARMONY] button. Indicates Harmony effect is on. 001 GrandPno • Each voice of the EZ-250i has its own independent Harmony setting. -03 Harmony type and Harmony Volume (when Harmony Type 1 - 5 is selected) can be set in the Function mode (page 67). Reverb The Reverb effect reproduces the natural ambient “wash” of sound that occurs when a instrument is played in a room or concert hall. A total of nine different Reverb types simulating various different performance environments are available. (See page 32.) The following parameters can be set in the Function mode (pages 67). • Each style of the EZ-250i has its own independent Reverb setting. SELECT Reverb Type Reverb Send Level Reverb Send Level Reverb Send Level 27 CATEGORY Effect Main Voice Dual Voice Split Voice • Nine additional Reverb Types are available when controlling the EZ-250i from a MIDI device. (For details, See page 80.) EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 29 Effects Chorus The Chorus effect lets you enhance the sound of the voices with the use of pitch modulation. Two basic types are provided: Chorus and Flanger. Chorus produces a thicker, warmer, and more animated sound, whereas Flanger creates a swirling, metallic effect. A total of four Chorus types are available. (See page 32.) The following parameters can be set in the Function mode (pages 67). CATEGORY Effect Main Voice Dual Voice Split Voice SELECT Chorus Type Chorus Send Level Chorus Send Level Chorus Send Level Sustain The Sustain effect automatically adds a slow, natural decay to the voice sound when the keys are released. Sustain on/off can be set in the Function mode (page 66). 28 30 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Effects ■ Effect Types ● Harmony Types Harmony Type Display Name Description 1 Duet Duet 2 Trio Trio 3 Block Block Harmony types 1 - 5 are pitch-based and add one-, two- or threenote harmonies to the single-note melody played in the right hand. These types only sound when chords are played in the auto accompaniment area of the keyboard. 4 Country Country 5 Octave Octave 6 Trill 1/4 note Tril1/4 7 Trill 1/6 note Tril1/6 8 Trill 1/8 note Tril1/8 9 Trill 1/12 note Tril1/12 10 Trill 1/16 note Tril1/16 11 Trill 1/24 note Tril1/24 12 Trill 1/32 note Tril1/32 13 Tremolo 1/4 note Trem1/4 14 Tremolo 1/6 note Trem1/6 15 Tremolo 1/8 note Trem1/8 16 Tremolo 1/12 note Trem1/12 17 Tremolo 1/16 note Trem1/16 18 Tremolo 1/24 note Trem1/24 19 Tremolo 1/32 note Trem1/32 20 Echo 1/4 note Echo1/4 21 Echo 1/6 note Echo1/6 22 Echo 1/8 note Echo1/8 23 Echo 1/12 note Echo1/12 24 Echo 1/16 note Echo1/16 25 Echo 1/24 note Echo1/24 26 Echo 1/32 note Echo1/32 3 Types 6 - 26 are rhythm-based effects and add embellishments or delayed repeats in time with the auto accompaniment. These types sound whether the auto accompaniment is on or not; however, the actual speed of the effect depends on the Tempo setting (page 38). The individual note values in each type let you synchronize the effect precisely to the rhythm. Triplet settings are also available: 1/6 = quarter-note triplets, 1/12 = eighth-note triplets, 1/24 = sixteenthnote triplets. 3 • The Trill effect Types (6 - 12) create two-note trills (alternating notes) when two notes are held. 3 • The Tremolo effect Types (13 - 19) repeat all held notes (up to four). • The Echo effect Types (20 - 26) create delayed repeats of each note played. 3 3 3 3 3 3 29 No. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 31 Effects ● Reverb Types No. Reverb Type Display Name Description 1 Hall 1 Hall1 Concert hall reverb. 2 Hall 2 Hall2 3 Hall 3 Hall3 4 Room 1 Room1 5 Room 2 Room2 6 Stage 1 Stage1 7 Stage 2 Stage2 8 Plate 1 Plate1 9 Plate 2 Plate2 10 Off Off Small room reverb. Reverb for solo instruments. Simulated steel plate reverb. No effect. ● Chorus Types No. Display Name Description Chorus 1 Chorus1 Conventional chorus program with rich, warm chorusing. 2 Chorus 2 Chorus2 3 Flanger 1 Flanger1 4 Flanger 2 Flanger2 5 Off Off Pronounced three-phase modulation with a slight metallic sound. No effect. 30 32 Chorus Type 1 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Selecting and Playing Styles The EZ-250i provides dynamic rhythm/accompaniment patterns (styles) — as well as voice settings appropriate for each style — for various popular musical categories. A total of 100 different styles are available, in several different categories. Each style is made up of separate “sections” — Intro, Main A and B, and Ending — letting you call up different accompaniment sections as you perform. The auto accompaniment features that are built into the rhythms add the excitement of instrumental backing to your performance, letting you control the accompaniment by the chords you play. Auto accompaniment effectively splits the keyboard into two areas: The upper is used for playing a melody line, and the lower (set by default to keys F#2 and lower) is for the auto accompaniment function. The EZ-250i also features the convenient Dictionary function (page 42). Dictionary provides you with a built-in “chord encyclopedia” that teaches you how to play any chord you specify by showing you the appropriate notes in the display. Selecting a Style 1 Press the [STYLE] button. Style number and name 001 8BtModrn 001 2 Select the desired style number. 31 The categories of each styles and their numbers are shown on the panel. A complete style list of the available styles is given on page 75. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 33 Selecting and Playing Styles ■ Use the numeric keypad. Style numbers can be selected in the same way as with the voices (page 19). You can use the numeric keypad to directly enter the style number, or use the [+]/[–] buttons to step up and down through the styles. • Rhythm sounds and fill-in sections are not available when one of the Pianist styles (#093 - #100) are selected. Playing the Styles The panel buttons below function as style controls. Pressing this button alternately enables and cancels the Sync Start function. (See page 35.) Pressing this button alternately enables and cancels the bass and chord accompaniment. (See below.) 1 Pressing this button alternately starts and stops style playback. Pressing this button switches between the Main A and Main B sections, automatically adding a fill-in pattern before changing the section. (See page 39.) This controls the Intro, Ending and Ritardand sections. (See pages 36, 37.) Turn on the auto accompaniment. Press the [ACMP ON/OFF] button to turn on (enable) the auto accompaniment. 001 8BtModrn 001 Indicates that auto accompaniment is on. 32 34 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Selecting and Playing Styles 2 Start the style. You can do this in one of the following ways: ■ Pressing the [START/STOP] button The rhythm starts playing immediately without bass and chord accompaniment. The currently selected Main A or B section will play. You can select the Main A or B section by pressing the appropriate button — [MAIN A/B] — before pressing the [START/STOP] button. (The display shows the letter of the selected section: “MAIN A” or “MAIN B.”) Indicates selected section (Main A or B). MAIN A ■ Using Tap Tempo to Start This useful feature lets you tap out the speed (tempo) of the style and automatically start the style at that tapped speed. Simply tap the [TEMPO/TAP] button four times (or three times for a 3/4 time style), and the style starts automatically at the tempo you tapped. You can also change the tempo while the style is playing by tapping the [TEMPO/TAP] button twice at the desired tempo. ■ Using Sync Start The EZ-250i also has a Sync Start function that allows you to start the style by simply pressing a key on the keyboard. To use Sync Start, first press the [SYNC START] button (the beat mark flashes to indicate Sync Start standby), then press any key on the keyboard. (When auto accompaniment is on, play a key or chord in the auto accompaniment area of the keyboard.) 33 Auto accompaniment area EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 35 Selecting and Playing Styles Starting with an Intro section Each style has its own two- or four-measure Intro section. When used with the auto accompaniment, many of the Intro sections also include special chord changes and embellishments to enhance your performance. To start with an Intro section: 1) Press the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button — to select which section (A or B) is to follow the Intro. Indicates selected section (Main A or B). MAIN A 2) Press the [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] button. Indicates Intro standby. INTRO≥A To actually start the Intro section, press the [START/STOP] button. Using Sync Start with an Intro section You can also use the Sync Start function with the special Intro section of the selected style. To use Sync Start with an Intro section: 1) Press the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button — to select which section (A or B) is to follow the Intro. Indicates selected section (Main A or B). MAIN A 2) Press the [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] button. Indicates Intro standby. INTRO≥A 3) Press the [SYNC START] button to enable Sync Start, and start the Intro section and accompaniment by playing any key on the keyboard. (When auto accompaniment is on, play a key or chord in the auto accompaniment area of the keyboard.) Auto accompaniment area 34 36 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Selecting and Playing Styles 3 Change chords using the auto accompaniment feature. Try playing a few successive chords with your left hand, and notice how the bass and chord accompaniment change with each chord you play. (Refer to page 40 for more information on how to use auto accompaniment.) • The [ACMP ON/OFF] button can also be used to turn off and on the bass/chord accompaniment while playing — allowing you to create dynamic rhythmic breaks in your performance. • Chords played in the auto accompaniment area of the keyboard are also detected and played when the style is stopped. In effect, this gives you a “split keyboard,” with bass and chords in the left hand and the normally selected voice in the right. 4 Stop the style. You can do this in one of three ways: ■ Pressing the [START/STOP] button The style stops playing immediately. ■ Using an Ending section Press the [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] button. The style stops after the Ending section is finished. ENDING ■ Pressing the [SYNC START] button This immediately stops the style and automatically enables Sync Start, letting you restart the style by simply playing a chord or key in the auto accompaniment area of the keyboard. END/rit. 35 To have the Ending section gradually slow down (ritardando) as it is playing, press the [INTRO/ENDING/rit.] button twice quickly. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 37 Selecting and Playing Styles Changing the Tempo The tempo of style playback can be adjusted over a range of 32 - 280 bpm (beats per minute). 1 Call up the Tempo setting. Press the [TEMPO/TAP] button. Current Tempo value 128 • When style playback is stopped and a different style is selected, the tempo returns to the default setting of the new style. When switching styles during playback, the last tempo setting is maintained. (This allows you to keep the same tempo, even when changing styles.) TEMPO 001 2 Change the value. Use the numeric keypad to set the desired Tempo value, or use the [+]/[–] buttons to increase or decrease the value. Restoring the Default Tempo Value Each song and style has been given a default or standard Tempo setting. If you’ve changed the Tempo, you can instantly restore the default setting by pressing both [+]/[–] buttons simultaneously (when Tempo is selected). • You can also use the convenient Tap Tempo function to change the tempo by “tapping” a new one in real time. (See page 35.) About the Beat Display This section of the display provides a convenient, easyto-understand indication of the rhythm — for song and style playback. The flashing “metronome” icons indicate both the downbeats and upbeats of a measure as follows: Indicates the first beat of the measure (downbeat) Indicates an upbeat Indicates a downbeat (other than the first beat) 36 38 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Selecting and Playing Styles Accompaniment Sections (Main A/B and Fill-ins) While the style is playing, you can add variation in the rhythm/accompaniment by pressing the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button. This switches between the Main A and Main B sections, automatically playing a fill-in pattern to smoothly lead into the next section. For example, if the Main A section is currently playing, pressing this button automatically plays a fill-in pattern, followed by the Main B section. (See illustration below.) You can also select either the Main A or B section to start by pressing the [MAIN/ AUTO FILL] button before starting the style. This appears while the fill-in pattern is playing. FIll A≥B About the Fill-in Patterns If you press the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button before beat 4... ...a fill-in pattern plays immediately until the end of the measure... 1st measure beat 1 2 3 4 If you press the [MAIN/AUTO FILL] button here, after beat 4... ...and the Main A or B section begins here. 2nd measure 1 2 3 4 ...a fill-in pattern plays from here... 3rd measure 1 2 3 ...and the Main A or B section begins here. Adjusting the Style Volume • Style Volume cannot be changed unless the Style mode is active. 37 The playback volume of the style can be adjusted in the Function mode (page 67). This volume control affects only the Style volume. The volume range is 000 127. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 39 Selecting and Playing Styles Using Auto Accompaniment — Multi Fingering When it is set to on (page 34), the auto accompaniment function automatically generates bass and chord accompaniment for you to play along with, by using Multi Fingering operation. You can change the chords of the accompaniment by playing keys in the auto accompaniment area of the keyboard using either the “Single Finger” or “Fingered” method. With Single Finger you can simply play a one-, two- or three-finger chord indication (see Single Finger Chords below). The Fingered technique is that of conventionally playing all the notes of the chord. Whichever method you use, the EZ-250i “understands” what chord you indicate and then automatically generates the accompaniment. ■ Single Finger Chords • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Chords that can be produced in Single Finger operation are major, minor, seventh and minor seventh. The illustration shows how to produce the four chord types. (The key of C is used here as an example; other keys follow the same rules. For example, Bb7 is played as Bb and A.) C Cm To play a major chord: Press the root note of the chord. C7 To play a minor chord: Press the root note together with the nearest black key to the left of it. Cm 7 To play a seventh chord: Press the root note together with the nearest white key to the left of it. To play a minor seventh chord: Press the root note together with the nearest white and black keys to the left of it (three keys altogether). ■ Fingered Chords • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Using the key of C as an example, the chart below shows the types of chords that can be recognized in the Fingered mode. ● Example for “C” chords CmM 7 CmM 7 (9) ( ) ( ( C (b5) CM7 b5 Cm 7 (9) Cm 7 (11) ) CM 7 aug CM7 (#11) ( Caug ) Csus 4 CM 7 (9) CM 7 ) C6 ) C (9) ( C 6 (9) C Cm (9) Cm 6 Cm 7 Cm 7 b5 CmM 7 b5 Cdim Cdim 7 C7 C 7 (13) C 7 (#9) C 7 b5 C 7 aug C 7 sus4 ) ) ) ) ( ( ( ( ) ) C 7 (b13) ( ( ) ( ( ) ( C 7 (b9) ) ) ( ) ( C 7 (#11) C 7 (9) ( ( ) ) ( ) Cm C 1+2+5 * Notes enclosed in parentheses are optional; the chords will be recognized without them. 38 40 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Selecting and Playing Styles Chord Name/[Abbreviation] Normal Voicing Chord (C) Display Major [M] 1-3-5 C C Add ninth [(9)] 1-2-3-5 C(9) C(9) Sixth [6] 1 - (3) - 5 - 6 C6 C6 Sixth ninth [6(9)] 1 - 2 - 3 - (5) - 6 C6(9) C6(9) Major seventh [M7] 1 - 3 - (5) - 7 or 1 - (3) - 5 - 7 CM7 CM7 Major seventh ninth [M7(9)] 1 - 2 - 3 - (5) - 7 CM7(9) CM7(9) Major seventh add sharp eleventh [M7(#11)] 1 - (2) - 3 - #4 - 5 - 7 or 1 - 2 - 3 - #4 - (5) - 7 CM7(#11) CM7(#11) 1 - 3 - b5 C(b5) Flatted fifth [(b5)] Cb5 Major seventh flatted fifth [M7b5] 1 - 3 - b5 - 7 CM7b5 CM7b5 Suspended fourth [sus4] 1-4-5 Csus4 Csus4 Augmented [aug] 1 - 3 - #5 Caug Caug Major seventh augmented [M7aug] 1 - (3) - #5 - 7 CM7aug CM7aug Minor [m] 1 - b3 - 5 Cm Cm Minor add ninth [m(9)] 1 - 2 - b3 - 5 Cm(9) Cm(9) Minor sixth [m6] 1 - b3 - 5 - 6 Cm6 Cm6 Minor seventh [m7] 1 - b3 - (5) - b7 Cm7 Cm7 Minor seventh ninth [m7(9)] 1 - 2 - b3 - (5) - b7 Cm7(9) Cm7(9) Minor seventh add eleventh [m7(11)] 1 - (2) - b3 - 4 - 5 - (b7) Cm7(11) Cm7(11) Minor major seventh [mM7] 1 - b3 - (5) - 7 CmM7 CmM7 Minor major seventh ninth [mM7(9)] 1 - 2 - b3 - (5) - 7 CmM7(9) CmM7(9) Minor seventh flatted fifth [m7b5] 1 - b3 - b5 - b7 Cm7b5 Cm7b5 Minor major seventh flatted fifth [mM7b5] 1 - b3 - b5 - 7 CmM7b5 CmM7b5 Diminished [dim] 1 - b3 - b5 Cdim Cdim Diminished seventh [dim7] 1 - b3 - b5 - 6 Cdim7 Cdim7 Seventh [7] 1 - 3 - (5) - b7 or 1 - (3) - 5 - b7 C7 C7 Seventh flatted ninth [7(b9)] 1 - b2 - 3 - (5) - b7 C7(b9) C7(b9) Seventh add flatted thirteenth [7(b13)] 1 - 3 - 5 - b6 - b7 C7(b13) C7(b13) Seventh ninth [7(9)] 1 - 2 - 3 - (5) - b7 C7(9) C7(9) Seventh add sharp eleventh [7(#11)] 1 - (2) - 3 - #4 - 5 - b7 or 1 - 2 - 3 - #4 - (5) - b7 C7(#11) C7(#11) Seventh add thirteenth [7(13)] 1 - 3 - (5) - 6 - b7 C7(13) C7(13) 1 - #2 - 3 - (5) - b7 C7(#9) C7(#9) 1 - 3 - b5 - b7 C7b5 C7b5 Seventh augmented [7aug] 1 - 3 - #5 - b7 C7aug C7aug Seventh suspended fourth [7sus4] 1 - 4 - (5) - b7 C7sus4 C7sus4 One plus two plus five [1+2+5] 1-2-5 C1+2+5 C • Playing two same root keys in the adjacent octaves produces accompaniment based only on the root. • A perfect fifth (1 + 5) produces accompaniment based only on the root and fifth which can be used with both major and minor chords. • The chord fingerings listed are all in “root” position, but other inversions can be used — with the following exceptions: m7, m7b5, 6, m6, sus4, aug, dim7, 7b5, 6(9), 1+2+5. • Inversion of the 7sus4 and m7(11) chords are not recognized if the notes shown in parentheses are omitted. • The auto accompaniment will sometimes not change when related chords are played in sequence (e.g. some minor chords followed by the minor seventh). • Two-note fingerings will produce a chord based on the previously played chord. 39 Seventh sharp ninth [7(#9)] Seventh flatted fifth [7b5] • Notes in parentheses can be omitted. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 41 Selecting and Playing Styles Dictionary The Dictionary function is essentially a built-in “chord book” that shows you the individual notes of chords. It is ideal when you know the name of a certain chord and want to quickly learn how to play it. 1 Press the [Dict.] button. • Make sure to turn on the Light Guide function when using the Dictionary function. Dict. 2 Specify the root of the chord. Press the key on the keyboard that corresponds to the desired chord root (as printed on the panel). Dict. 001 Pressing this key selects the root G. 3 Specify the type of the chord (major, minor, seventh, etc.). Press the key on the keyboard that corresponds to the desired chord type (as printed on the panel). • For a few specific chords, not all notes may be shown in the notation section of the display. This is due to space limitations in the display. • You can also show the inversion of chord when using [+]/[–] button. Pressing this key selects the major seventh chord type (M7). Dict. 001 Notation of chord Chord name (root and type) 40 42 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Selecting and Playing Styles 4 Play the chord. Play the chord by pressing the keys that light in the ACMP area of the keyboard. The chord name flashes in the display when the correct notes are held down. (Inversions for many of the chords are also recognized.) Dict. 001 Flashes when correct notes are held. To leave the Dictionary function, press the [Dict.] button again. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • What is a Chord? • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • The simple answer: Three or more notes played simultaneously is a chord. (Two notes played together is an “interval” — an interval being the distance between two different notes. This is also referred to as a “harmony.”) Depending on the intervals between the three or more notes, a chord can sound beautiful or muddy and dissonant. The organization of notes in the example at left — a triad chord — produces a pleasant, harmonious sound. Triads are made up of three notes and are the most basic and common chords in most music. In this triad, the lowest note is the “root.” The root is the most important note in the chord, because it anchors the sound harmonically by determining its “key” and forms the basis for how we hear the other notes of the chord. The second note of this chord is four semitones higher than the first, and the third is three semitones higher than the second. Keeping our root note fixed and changing these notes by a semitone up or down (sharp or flat), we can create four different chords. Major chord (ex. C) Minor 3rd Major 3rd Minor chord (ex. Cm) Major 3rd Minor 3rd Augmented chord (ex. Caug) Diminished chord (ex. Cdim) Major 3rd Minor 3rd Major 3rd Minor 3rd Keep in mind that we can also change the “voicing” of a chord — for example, change the order of the notes (called “inversions”), or play the same notes in different octaves — without changing the basic nature of the chord itself. Inversion examples for the key of C C G E E C G 41 G E C EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 43 Selecting and Playing Styles Beautiful sounding harmonies can be built in this manner. The use of intervals and chords is one of the most important elements in music. A wide variety of emotions and feelings can be created depending on the types of chords used and the order in which they are arranged. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Writing Chord Names • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Knowing how to read and write chord names is an easy yet invaluable skill. Chords are often written in a kind of shorthand that makes them instantly recognizable (and gives you the freedom to play them with the voicing or inversion that you prefer). Once you understand the basic principles of harmony and chords, it’s very simple to use this shorthand to write out the chords of a song. First, write the root note of the chord in an uppercase letter. If you need to specify sharp or flat, indicate that to the right of the root. The chord type should be indicated to the right as well. Examples for the key of C are shown below. Major chord Minor chord Augmented chord Diminished chord C Cm Caug Cdim For simple major chords, the type is omitted. One important point: Chords are made up of notes “stacked” on top of each other, and the stacked notes are indicated in the chord name of the chord type as a number — the number being the distance of the note from the root. (See the keyboard diagram below.) For example, the minor 6th chord includes the 6th note of the scale, the major 7th chord has the 7th note of the scale, etc. The Intervals of the Scale Dominant 7th (flatted 7th) To better understand the intervals and the numbers used to represent them in the chord name, study this diagram of the C major scale: C D E F G A B C D E F Root 2nd Other Chords Csus4 C7 5th 4th 4th 3rd Dominant 7th Cm7bb5 7th 6th 5th 11th 9th Octave Cm7 Major chord Dominant 7th Cm6 C(9) CM7 Minor chord 7th Major chord Cdim7 * Bbb = A Dominant 7th Minor chord 6th 9th Diminished 7th (double flatted 7th) Diminished chord 42 44 Diminished chord EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Selecting and Playing Songs The Song mode features 80 special songs that have been created using the rich and dynamic sounds of the EZ-250i. The songs are generally for your listening enjoyment; however, you can also play along with them on the keyboard. The songs of the EZ-250i can also be used with the powerful Lesson feature (page 49), a convenient tool that makes learning songs fun and easy. You can also transfer song data from your computer to the EZ-250i for playback. For details, see page 58. Selecting a Song 1 Press the [SONG] button. Song number and name 001 HardDays -03 2 Select the desired song number. The categories of each song and their numbers are shown on the panel. A complete list of the available songs is given on page 15. 43 ■ Use the numeric keypad. Song numbers can be selected in the same way as with the voices (page 19). You can use the numeric keypad to directly enter the song number, or use the [+]/[–] buttons to step up and down through the song. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 45 Selecting and Playing Songs Playing the Songs The Panel buttons below function as Song controls. Turns on the A-B Repeat function (page 47). Pauses playback. 1 Starts and stops song playback. Reverses the playback position. Advances the playback position. Start the selected song. Press the [START/STOP] button. As the song plays back, the measure number and playing keys are shown in the display. 2 • You can play along with the song using the currently selected voice, or even select a different voice for playing along. Simply call up the Voice mode while the song is playing back and select the desired voice. (See page 23.) Stop the song. Press the [START/STOP] button. If playback was started by pressing the [START/STOP] button, the selected song stops automatically. Playing the Flash Memory Song The EZ-250i can play a song loaded into its internal flash memory. To do this, you’ll need to connect the EZ-250i to a personal computer, and use the “Song Filer” software to transmit the song from the computer. For more information on Flash songs and Song Filer, refer to page 58. Select the song number 081-180 using numeric keypad in the same way as preset songs. 44 46 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Selecting and Playing Songs A-B Repeat The convenient A-B Repeat function is an ideal aid for practicing and learning. It allows you to specify a phrase of a song (between point A and point B) and repeat it — while you play or practice along with it. 1 While playing a song, set point A (the start point). During playback, press the [A-B REPEAT] button once, at the beginning point to be repeated. A- REPEAT 006 • The A and B points can only be specified at the beginning of a measure (beat 1), and not at any point in the middle of a measure. • To set the A point to the beginning of a song, press the [A-B REPEAT] button before starting playback. 006 2 Set point B (the end point). As the song continues playing, press the [A-B REPEAT] button once again, at the ending point to be repeated. The selected phrase repeats indefinitely until stopped. A-b REPEAT 012 012 3 Pause or stop playback as needed. • If you’re repeat practicing a particularly difficult section, try slowing down the Tempo to an appropriate speed to make it easier to play and master the part. You may also want to slow down the Tempo while setting the A and B points; this makes it easier to accurately set the points. • You can also set the A-B Repeat function when the song is stopped. Simply use the [ REW] and [ FF] buttons to select the desired measures, pressing the [A-B REPEAT] button for each point, then start playback. Use the [ PAUSE] button or [START/STOP] button. Stopping playback does not cancel the set A/B points or the A-B Repeat function. 4 Turn off the A-B Repeat function. Press the [A-B REPEAT] button. REPEAT 45 oFF EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 47 Selecting and Playing Songs Melody Voice Change The EZ-250i lets you play a melody on the keyboard along with each of the songs, either with the original melody voice or one of your own selection. The convenient Melody Voice Change feature takes this one step further — it lets you replace the original voice used for the melody of the song with the panel voice of your own selection. For example, if the current voice selected on the panel is piano but the song’s melody is being played by a flute voice, using Melody Voice Change will change the flute melody voice to piano. 1 Select the desired song. Press the [SONG] button, then use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to select the desired song. (See page 45.) 2 Select the desired voice. Press the [VOICE] button, then use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to select the desired voice. (See page 23.) 3 • Playing a voice which is selected by the melody voice change may differ from the original voice, since the voice is added as an effect for the selected song. Press and hold down the [VOICE] button for at least one second. “MELODY VOICE CHANGE” appears in the display, indicating that the selected panel voice has replaced the song’s original melody voice. MELODY V 012 Adjusting the Song Volume The playback volume of the song can be adjusted in the Function mode (page 67). This volume control affects only the Song volume. The volume range is 000 127. 46 48 • Song Volume cannot be changed unless the Song mode is active. (This function becomes Style Volume when the Style mode is active.) EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Song Lesson The Lesson feature provides an exceptionally fun and easy-to-use way to learn how to play the keyboard. Lesson lets you practice the left- and right-hand parts of each song independently, step by step, until you’ve mastered them and are ready to practice with both hands together. These practices are divided into four Lesson steps, as described below. Lessons 1 - 3 apply to each hand; press the appropriate button, L (left) or R (right) to select the desired part for practice. Try practicing with the Lessons, following the Light Guide. ■ Lesson 1 — Timing This lesson step lets you practice just the timing of the notes — any note can be used, as long as you play in rhythm. ■ Lesson 2 — Waiting In this lesson step, the EZ-250i waits for you to play the correct notes before continuing playback of the song. ■ Lesson 3 — Minus One This lesson step plays back the song with one part muted, letting you play and master the missing part (following the Light Guide) yourself — in rhythm and at the proper tempo. ■ Lesson 4 — Both Hands Lesson 4 is a “Minus One” practice essentially the same as Lesson 3, except that both the left- and right-hand parts are muted — letting you play and master both hands at the same time. Using the Lesson Feature 1 Select one of the Lesson songs. Press the [SONG] button, then use the numeric keypad or [+]/[–] buttons to select the desired song. FurElise 47 020 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 49 Song Lesson 2 Select the part you wish to work on (left or right) and the Lesson step. If you want to work on the right-hand part, press the [R] button; to work on the left, press the [L] button. Pressing either button repeatedly cycles through the available Lesson steps in order: Lesson 1 → Lesson 2 → Lesson 3 → Off → Lesson 1, etc. The selected Lesson step is indicated in the display. L1 Timing r1 Timing L2 Waiting r2 Waiting L3 MinusOne r3 MinusOne 020 FurElise 020 FurElise (Song Lesson off) (Song Lesson off) To select Lesson 4, press both [L] and [R] buttons simultaneously. Lr4 3 BothHand Start the Lesson. The Lesson and song playback start automatically (following a lead-in count) as soon as the Lesson step is selected. When the Lesson is finished, your performance “grade” is shown in the display. After a short pause, the Lesson begins again automatically. 4 Press the [START/STOP] button to stop the Lesson. The EZ-250i exits from the Lesson feature automatically when the [START/ STOP] button is pressed. 48 50 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Song Lesson Select the Lesson Track This function allows you to select the track number of a loaded song from computer (only SMF format 0). The track number of the song can be specified in the Function mode (page 67) Lesson 1 — Timing This lesson step lets you practice just the timing of the notes — any note can be used, as long as you play in rhythm. Pick a note to play. For the left hand, use a note in the auto accompaniment area or play the appropriate left-hand note; for the right, play a note above F#2. Simply concentrate on playing each note in time with the rhythmic accompaniment. 1 2 • The melody note does not sound unless your playing is in time with the rhythm. • Make sure to turn on the Light Guide function when using the Lesson. Select one of the Lesson songs. Select Lesson 1. Press the [L] or [R] button (repeatedly, if necessary) until Lesson 1 is indicated. r1 3 Timing Play the appropriate melody or chord with the song. After the lead-in, the song starts automatically, and the appropriate notes appear in the display. In Lesson 1, simply play one note repeatedly in time with the music. Regarding chords and the use of the left hand, the EZ-250i actually has two different types of songs: 1) songs with normal left-hand chords, and 2) songs in which the left hand plays arpeggios or melodic figures in combination with the right. In the case of the first type, play the chords with your left hand in the auto accompaniment area of the keyboard. 49 Auto accompaniment area EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 51 Song Lesson Lesson 2 — Waiting In this lesson step, the EZ-250i waits for you to play the correct notes before continuing playback of the song. This lets you practice reading the music at your own pace. The notes to be played are shown in the display, one after another, as you play them correctly. The Light Guide shows you which keys to play. 1 2 Select one of the Lesson songs. Select Lesson 2. Press the [L] or [R] button (repeatedly, if necessary) until Lesson 2 is indicated. r2 3 • Make sure to turn on the Light Guide function when using the Lesson. • Depending on the selected song, the rhythm part may be muted for Lesson 2. Waiting Play the appropriate melody or chord with the song. After the lead-in, the song starts automatically, and the Light Guide shows you which keys to play. In Lesson 2, play the correct notes at your own pace, until you can master playing them in rhythm. Lesson 3 — Minus One This lesson step lets you practice one part of the song in rhythm at the proper tempo. The EZ-250i plays back the song with one part muted (either the left part or the right)— letting you play and master the missing part yourself. The notes you are to play are shown continuously in the display and Light Guide as the song plays back. 1 2 Select one of the Lesson songs. Select Lesson 3. Press the [L] or [R] button (repeatedly, if necessary) until Lesson 3 is indicated. r3 50 52 MinusOne EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Song Lesson 3 Play the appropriate part with the song. After the lead-in, the song starts automatically, and the Light Guide shows you which keys to play. In Lesson 3, listen carefully to the un-muted part, and play the muted part yourself. Lesson 4 — Both Hands Lesson 4 is a “Minus One” practice essentially the same as Lesson 3, except that both the left- and right-hand parts are muted — letting you play and master both hands at the same time. Go on to this lesson step after you’ve mastered each hand’s part in the previous three lesson steps. Practice both hands in time with the rhythm along with the notation and Light Guide. 1 2 Select one of the Lesson songs. Select Lesson 4. Press the [L] and [R] buttons simultaneously, so that Lesson 4 is indicated. Lr4 3 BothHand Play both the left- and right-hand parts with the song. After the lead-in, the song starts automatically, and the Light Guide shows you which keys to play. In Lesson 4, both parts (left and right) are muted, letting you play the entire song by yourself. Grade 51 The Lesson feature has a built-in evaluation function that monitors your practicing of the Lesson songs, and just like a real teacher, it indicates how well you did each exercise. Four grades are assigned, depending on your performance: “Try Again,” “Good,” “Very Good!,” and “Excellent!.” EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 53 MIDI Functions Nearly all of the electronic musical instruments made today-particularly synthesizers, sequencers and computer music related devices-use MIDI. MIDI is a worldwide standard that allows these devices to send and receive performance and setting data. Naturally, this instrument lets you send your keyboard performance as MIDI data, as well as that of the styles and panel settings. The potential MIDI holds for your live performance and music creation/production is enormous-simply by connecting this instrument to a computer and transmitting MIDI data. In this section, you'll learn the basics of MIDI and the particular MIDI functions of this instrument. What Is MIDI? No doubt you have heard the terms "acoustic instrument" and "digital instrument." In the world today, these are the two main categories of instruments. Let's consider an acoustic piano and a classical guitar as representative acoustic instruments. They are easy to understand. With the piano, you strike a key, and a hammer inside hits some strings and plays a note. With the guitar, you directly pluck a string and the note sounds. But how does a digital instrument go about playing a note? Acoustic guitar note production Digital instrument note production L Sampling Note Tone Generator (Electronic circuit) Sampling Note R Playing the keyboard Pluck a string and the body resonates the sound. Based on playing information from the keyboard, a sampling note stored in the tone generator is played through the speakers. As shown in the illustration above, in an electronic instrument the sampling note (previously recorded note) stored in the tone generator section (electronic circuit) is played based on information received from the keyboard. So then what is the information from the keyboard that becomes the basis for note production? For example, let's say you play a "C" quarter note using the grand piano sound on the instrument. Unlike an acoustic instrument that puts out a resonated note, the electronic instrument puts out information from the keyboard such as "with what voice," "with which key," "about how strong," "when was it pressed," and "when was it released." Then each piece of information is changed into a number value and sent to the tone generator. Using these numbers as a basis, the tone generator plays the stored sampling note. ● Example of Keyboard Information Voice number (with what voice) Note number (with which key) Note on (when was it pressed) and note off (when was it released) Velocity (about how strong) 120 (strong) 52 54 01 (grand piano) 60 (C3) Timing expressed numerically (quarter note) EZ-250i Owner’s Manual MIDI Functions Your keyboard performance and all panel operations of this instrument are processed as MIDI data. The auto accompaniment patterns (styles) are also made up of MIDI data. MIDI is an acronym that stands for Musical Instrument Digital Interface and it allows different musical instruments and devices to instantly communicate with each other, via digital data. The MIDI standard is used all over the world and was designed to transmit performance data between electronic musical instruments. (and computers). MIDI messages can be divided into two groups: Channel messages and System messages. GM System Level 1 “GM System Level 1” is an addition to the MIDI standard which ensures that any GM-compatible music data can be accurately played by any GM-compatible tone generator, regardless of manufacturer. The GM mark is affixed to all software and hardware products that support GM System Level 1. The EZ-250i supports GM System Level 1. ● Channel Messages This instrument is capable of handling 16 MIDI channels simultaneously—meaning it can play up to sixteen different instruments at the same time. Channel messages transmit information such as Note ON/OFF, Program Change, for each of the 16 channels. Message Name Note ON/OFF Program Change Control Change EZ-250i Operation/Panel Setting Messages which are generated when the keyboard is played. Each message includes a specific note number which corresponds to the key which is pressed, plus a velocity value based on how hard the key is stuck. Voice number (along with corresponding bank select MSB/LSB settings, if necessary). Messages that are used to change some aspect of the sound (volume, etc.). ● System Messages This is data that is used in common by the entire MIDI system. System messages include messages like Exclusive Messages that transmit data unique to each instrument manufacturer and Realtime Messages that control the MIDI device. Message Name Exclusive Message Realtime Messages EZ-250i Operation/Panel Setting Reverb setting, etc. Clock, Start/stop operations 53 The messages transmitted/received by the EZ-250i are shown in the MIDI Implementation Chart on page 78. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 55 MIDI Functions Connecting to a Personal Computer Connecting this instrument to a computer enables a wide range of powerful and useful musical possibilties. You can transfer MIDI data back and forth with your computer for music recording/playback, and with the special Song Filer software (contained in the included CD-ROM), you can copy data from your computer to memory card. Connect one end of a USB cable to the USB terminal on the rear panel of this instrument to the USB terminal on your computer. You'll also need to install the USB-MIDI driver (also in the included CD-ROM) to your computer. For details, see the “CD-ROM Installation Guide”. Viewing the Notation for MIDI Channel 1 • The EZ-250i has a special function that lets you view the notes of the MIDI data (channel 1 only) on the display. EZ-250i USB Cable Computer (sequencer software) MIDI LSB Receive Cancel Determines whether the LSB data of Bank Select is received or not. Press and hold the lowest key and turn on the power to change the setting (LSB is ignored). To restore MIDI LSB Receive Cancel to normal (LSB is recognized), turn on the power again normally. 54 56 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual MIDI Functions Local Control This function lets you enable or disable keyboard control over the EZ-250i’s voices in the Function mode (page 67). This would come in handy, for example, when recording notes to MIDI sequencer. If you are using the sequencer to play back the voices of the EZ-250i, you would want to set this to “off” — in order to avoid getting “double” notes, both from the keyboard and from the sequencer. Normally, when playing the EZ-250i by itself, this should be set to “on.” • No sound is output from the EZ-250i when Local ON/OFF is set to OFF. External Clock This determines whether the style and song playback functions are controlled by the PortaTone’s internal clock (off) or by MIDI clock data from an external sequencer or computer (on). This should be set to on when you want to have style or song playback follow the external device (such as a rhythm machine or a sequencer). The default setting is off. • If External Clock is set to ON, style or song playback will not start unless external clock are received. These settings can be made in the Function mode (page 67). Using Initial Setup Send with a Sequencer • When the Initial Setup Send operation is completed, the EZ250i automatically returns to the previous panel condition. 55 The most common use for the Initial Setup Send function is in recording a song on a sequencer that is intended for playback with the EZ-250i. Essentially, this takes a “snapshot” of the EZ-250i settings and sends that data to the sequencer. By recording this “snapshot” at the start of the song (before any actual performance data), you can instantly restore the necessary settings on the EZ-250i in the Function mode (page 67). Provided there is a pause in the song, you could also do this in the middle of a song — for example, completely changing the EZ-250i settings for the next section of the song. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 57 MIDI Functions PC Mode The PC Mode lets you instantly reconfigure the MIDI control settings for use with a computer or MIDI device. PC mode is on OFF LOCAL ON/OFF PC mode is off ON ■ To turn the PC mode on or off: Press the [PC] button and then press the appropriate [+]/[–] button. This switches between the PC Mode on/off settings. on • No sound is output from the EZ-250i when Local ON/OFF is set to OFF. • A "Can't Set" message appears in the display when the USB terminal is not connected to another device. PC Mode Loading a Song into EZ-250i’s Flash Memory The EZ-250i’s internal flash memory enables you to save song data transmitted from a connected personal computer. You can play or practice Flash songs (saved in flash memory) in the same way as preset songs. To transmit song data from a personal computer to the EZ-250i, you first need to install the “Song Filer” application to your computer. Song data that can be saved in flash memory: • The number of songs: • Available memory: • Data format: max. 100 songs (Song #081–#180) 448 KB SMF format 0 The total number of songs that can be loaded will depend on the data size of the songs. As an example, about 20, 20-kilobyte songs can be loaded. ■ Installing Song Filer • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • You can install the “Song Filer” application from the included CD-ROM (see page 60). Yamaha PK CLUB (Portable Keyboard Home Page) http://www.yamahaPKclub.com/ 56 58 • Visit the Yamaha PK CLUB website for more information on the latest version of Song Filer (version 2.0.0 or higher) and how to install it. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual MIDI Functions System requirements for Song Filer: [Macintosh] [Windows] OS: CPU: Available Memory: Free space in Hard Disk: Display: Windows 95/98/Me/2000/XP Pentium/100MHz or faster 8MB or more 2MB or more 800 x 600, 256 colors or more OS: Mac OS 7.5 through 9.2.2 ( OSX and Mac Classic environments are not supported) CPU: Power PC or upper Available Memory: 8MB or more Free space in Hard Disk: 2MB or more 800 x 600, 256 colors or mor e Display: ■ Song Filer • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • After you install Song Filer and connect the EZ-250i to the computer, you can use the two functions described below. ● Transmit Files You can transmit song files from your computer to your EZ-250i’s Flash Memory. EZ-250i USB Cable Computer ● Manage Files on Flash Memory You can delete and rename files in your EZ-250i’s Flash Memory from your computer. • Refer to page 56 for information on connecting the EZ-250i to a computer. • You cannot use the Song Filer’s “Receive Files” function with the EZ-250i. • For more information on using Song Filer, refer to the PDF manual included in the Song Filer application. • Never attempt to turn the power off while transmitting song data. Doing so will not only result in failure to save the data, but also make the internal flash memory unstable. It may also clear all the data residing in the flash memory when turning the power on and off. • Saved data in the instrument may be lost due to malfunction or incorrect operation. Retain important data to your computer or floppy disk. Selecting a right & left hand guide track 57 You can select a track in the Function mode (page 67) to guide your right and left hand fingering during the Lesson (page 51). This function is available only when you select a flash memory song (SMF format 0). EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 59 Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide SPECIAL NOTICES • The software and this Installation Guide are exclusive copyrights of Yamaha Corporation. • Use of the software and this guide is governed by the SOFTWARE LICENSING AGREEMENT which the purchaser fully agrees to upon breaking the seal of the software packaging. (Please read carefully the AGREEMENT on pages 3 and 65 before installing the application.) • Copying of the software or reproduction of this guide in whole or in part by any means is expressly forbidden without the written consent of the manufacturer. • Yamaha makes no representations or warranties with regard to the use of the software and documentation and cannot be held responsible for the results of the use of this guide and the software. • This disc is a CD-ROM. Do not attempt to play the disc on an audio CD player. Doing so may result in irreparable damage to your audio CD player. • Copying of the commercially available music data is strictly prohibited except for your personal use. • The company names and product names in this Installation Guide are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies. • Future upgrades of application and system software and any changes in specifications and functions will be announced separately. • Depending on the version of your operating system, the screen shots and messages shown in this guide may differ to those that you see on your computer screen. Contents of CD-ROM The applications in this CD-ROM are provided in versions for both Windows and Macintosh operating systems. The installation procedure and the applications themselves differ depending on the operating system that you are using. • Never attempt to play back the included CD-ROM on an audio CD player. Doing so may result in damage to your hearing as well as to your CD player/audio speakers. For Windows Application/Data Name Song Filer *1 *2 USB Driver for Windows 98/Me USB Driver for Windows 2000/XP Folder Name SongFiler USBdrv_ USBdrv2k_ YMIA Introduction HTML SampleSongs *2 *3 Acrobat Reader KEYBOARDMANIA Acroread_ KMYE Contents Enables control/organization of the instrument’s song data on the computer. Enables communication between the MIDI instrument and your computer via a USB connection (for the indicated version of Windows). Enables you to take advantage (via the Internet) of the most up to date music software and tools, enhancing your MIDI instrument experience. PDF (Portable Document Format) viewer. Enables you to view each PDF manual for the applications. Enables playing the game or lesson. For Macintosh Application/Data Name Song Filer *1 *2 Open Music System (OMS) *2 OMS Setup for YAMAHA *2 Folder Name SongFiler USB Driver USBdrv_ OMS_ YMIA Introduction HTML SampleSongs Acrobat Reader *2 *3 Acroread_ Contents Enables control/organization of the instrument’s song data on the computer. Enables you to use several MIDI applications on the Mac OS. Contains the OMS setup files for the Yamaha MIDI instrument. Enables your computer to communicate with the MIDI instrument when your computer and the MIDI instrument are connected using a USB cable. Enables you to take advantage (via the Internet) of the most up to date music software and tools, enhancing your MIDI instrument experience. PDF (Portable Document Format) viewer. Enables you to view each PDF manual for the applications. *1 Song Filer cannot be used with the instrument when the instrument is in one of the following conditions. • Demo song mode *2 The applications are supplied with online/PDF manuals. *3 Unfortunately, Yamaha makes no guarantee concerning the stability of these programs nor can it offer user support for them. CD-ROM Installation Procedure The following steps are the same for both Windows and Macintosh.  Verify that your system meets the operating requirements of the software (Song Filer, driver, etc.) See the Minimum System Requirements.  Insert the CD-ROM to your computer.  Click the “cancel” dialog in initial display (Windows only).  Connect the instrument to your computer. Refer to page 56 for details on connections. • Depending on the computer system you are using, some types of connections may not be possible.  Install the appropriate driver to your computer, and make the necessary settings. See page 61 (Windows) or page 63 (Macintosh). 60 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Song Filer, etc.). Acrobat Reader/YAMAHA USB MIDI Driver: See page 61 (Windows) or page 63 (Macintosh). Insert the CD-ROM. Click the “install” dialog of KEYBOARDMANIA or Song Filer (Windows only). Refer to “Installing Song Filer” for Macintosh on page 64 For subsequent operations, refer to the owner’s manual for each software program (online help/PDF manual). • In order to view PDF files, you will need to install Acrobat Reader in your computer. See page 61 (Windows) or page 63 (Macintosh). 58  Eject the CD-ROM.  Install the software (KEYBOARDMANIA (Windows only), Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide Minimum System Requirements For Windows Data Name Song Filer USB Driver for Windows 98/Me USB Driver for Windows 2000/XP KEYBOARDMANIA OS Windows 95/98/98SE/Me/2000/ XP Home Edition/XP Professional Windows 98/98SE/Me Windows 2000/XP Home Edition/ XP Professional Windows 98/Me/2000/XP Home Edition/XP Professional CPU 100 MHz or higher; Intel® Pentium®/Celeron® processor family Memory Hard Disk 8 MB or more 2 MB or more 166 MHz or higher; Intel® Pentium®/Celeron® processor family 32 MB or more 266 MHz or higher; Pentium®/Celeron® 32 MB or more Display Other 800 x 600, 256 colors or more 500 MB or more — — — — — 640 x 480 High Color (16bit) — Display Other For Macintosh Data Name Song Filer USB Driver OS Mac OS 7.5 through OS 9.22 (The Mac OS X and Mac Classic environments are not supported) Mac OS 8.6 through OS 9.22 (The Mac OS X and Mac Classic environments are not supported) CPU Memory Hard Disk 800 x 600, 256 colors or more 8 MB or more A Macintosh computer with a PowerPC or later CPU. 64 MB or more (128 MB or more is recommended) 2 MB or more — OMS 2.3.3 or later (included in the CD-ROM in the package) — For Windows Users ■ Software Installation • • • • • • • • • • • • • For details about the application software which has no installation guide described below, refer to the online manual of each software.  Select the language you want to use and double-click on its folder. The file “ar***.exe” file will be displayed. (“***” indicates the selected language.)  Double-click on “ar***.exe.” Acrobat Reader Setup Dialog box will be displayed.  Execute the installation by following the on-screen directions. Uninstall (Removing the installed application) You can remove the installed application software. Windows 98/ME Select [START] → [Settings] → [Control Panel] → [Add/ Remove Programs] → [Install/Uninstall], then select the application to be removed and click [Add/Remove...]. Follow the on-screen instructions to uninstall the application. • The button names or menus may differ depending on the computer OS. Windows 2000/XP Select [START] → [Control Panel] → [Add/Remove Programs], then select the application to be removed and click [Remove]. Follow the on-screen instructions to uninstall the application. After installation is complete, the Acrobat folder appears on your PC (in Program Files, as the default). For information on using the Acrobat Reader, refer to the Reader Guide in the Help menu. ● USB MIDI Driver To operate the MIDI instrument from your computer via USB, you’ll need to install the appropriate driver software. The USB-MIDI driver is software that transfers MIDI data back and forth between sequence software and the MIDI instrument via a USB cable. Computer MIDI instrument Sequence Software USB cable ● Acrobat Reader In order to view the electronic (PDF) manuals included with each application, you’ll need to install Acrobat Reader. • If an older version of Acrobat Reader is installed on your PC, you’ll need to uninstall it before proceeding.  Double-click on the “Acroread_” folder. Driver • Before you install the USB MIDI driver, you can minimize the possibility of problems by putting your computer in the following state. • Close all applications and windows that you are not using. • Disconnect all cables from the MIDI instrument except for the cable whose driver you are installing. 59 Four different language folders will be displayed. EZ-250i EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 61 Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide  Click [Next]. Installation for Windows 98/Me/2000/XP  Start the computer. From the window that appears, you can select the method of searching for the driver. For Windows 2000/XP execute the following steps after the computer is started.  Check the radio button next to “Search for a suitable driver for In Windows 2000, use the “Administrator” account to log in, then select [My Computer] → [Control Panel] → [System] → [Hardware] → [Driver Signing] → [File Signature Verification]. Check the radio button next to “Ignore — Install all files, regardless of file signature,” then click “OK.”  In Windows 98, check the “Specify a location” box, click In Windows XP, select [Start] → [Control Panel]. (If the control panel appears as shown below, click “Switch to Classic View” at the upper left of the window to display all Control Panel icons.) Next, go to [System] → [Hardware] → [Driver Signing] → [File Signature Verification] and check the radio button next to “Ignore — Install software, not want to check (I),” then click “OK.” Click “OK” to close System Properties, then close the Control Panel by clicking the close box ([x]) at the top right of the display. your device. (Recommended),” then click [Next]. From this window, you can specify the location of the driver. “Browse..”, then specify the “USBdrv_” directory of the CDROM drive (such as D:\USBdrv_\) and continue the installation. In Windows 2000, check “CD-ROM drive” and make sure all other items are unchecked. Click [Next]. The system searches for the driver in the CDROM and prepares to install. • In some cases, the system may ask you to insert a Windows CD-ROM while it checks for the driver. If this happens, specify the “USBdrv_“ directory of the CD-ROM drive (for example, D:\USBdrv_\) in Windows 98, or the “USBdrv2k_“ directory (for example, D:\USBdrv2k_\) in Windows 2000, and continue the installation. After confirming that “YAMAHA USB MIDI Driver” is shown in the driver search window, click [Next]. Installation starts. • The exact pathname or location of the driver may differ depending on the particular instrument and other variables.  When the installation is complete and a message appears to indicate completion, click [Finish]. • On some computers, it make take about ten seconds or so for this message to appear after installation is complete. In Windows 2000/XP, the computer is restarted. The driver has been properly installed.  Insert the included CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive and click the “Cancel” dialog on the display.  Check that the instrument is turned off, then connect the USB terminal of the computer to the USB terminal of the instrument with a standard USB cable. Turn on the instrument, and the message “Add New Hardware Wizard” (Windows 98/Me/ 2000) or “Found New Hardware Wizard” (Windows XP) automatically appears. • On some computers, it make take about ten seconds or so for this display to appear after the instrument is turned on. In Windows Me, check the radio button next to “Automatic search for a better driver (Recommended)” of the Add New Hardware Wizard, then click [Next]. The system searches for the proper driver and installation starts automatically. Unless you are manually installing a driver, skip directly to step  below. If a proper driver is not found, select “Specify the location of the driver (Advanced)” and specify the “USBdrv_“ folder on the CD-ROM In Windows XP, check the radio button next to “Install the software automatically (Recommended)” of the Found New Hardware Wizard, then click [Next]. The system searches for the proper driver and installation starts automatically. Unless you are manually installing a driver, skip directly to step  below. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual  Insert the CD-ROM to your computer.  Click the “install” dialog of KEYBOARDMANIA or Song Filer. For instructions and operation details of KEYBOARDMANIA, refer to the PDF manuals in the “manual” folder in the CD-ROM. To view the documentation, you’ll need to: Click [Cancel] to exit from the Install display. Double-click [My Computer], then RIGHT-click on [CD-ROM]. Select [OPEN], then double-click [KMYE] and double-click [manual]. For instruction and operation detail of Song Filer, refer to the online help and PDF manual. * For the latest version of Song Filer, go to the following website. http://www.yamahapkclub.com./english/download/ songfiler/songfiler.htm When using KEYBOARDMANIA, set the MIDI port to USB according to the instructions in the manual (see the file KM_manual.pdf, pages 7 and 8) contained in the CD-ROM. When using Song Filer, follow the steps below to set the MIDI port to USB.  Connect the instrument to your computer with a USB cable.  First, turn on your computer, then the instrument, and finally, start Song Filer.  Open the “MIDI Port Setting” from the Song Filer menu bar, and select “USB.” 60 62 ● Installing KEYBOARDMANIA or Song Filer Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide For Macintosh Users ■ Software Installation • • • • • • • • • • • • ● USB MIDI Driver In order to view the electronic (PDF) manuals included with each application, you’ll need to install Acrobat Reader. To operate the MIDI instrument from your computer via USB, you’ll need to install the appropriate driver software. The USB-MIDI driver is software that transfers MIDI data back and forth between sequence software and the MIDI instrument via a USB cable. ● Acrobat Reader  Double-click on the “Acroread_” folder. Four different language folders will be displayed: English, German, French and Spanish.  Select the language you want to use and double-click on its folder. “Reader Installer” will be displayed. The Installer name may differ depending on the language you select. Computer MIDI instrument Sequence Software USB cable EZ-250i OMS Driver  Double-click on the “Reader Installer.” Acrobat Reader Setup Dialog will be displayed.  Execute the installation by following the directions appearing on the screen. After installation is complete, the Acrobat folder appears on your computer (in Hard Disk, as the default). For information on using the Acrobat Reader, refer to the Reader Guide in the Help menu. First install OMS before you install the USB-MIDI driver. Also, after installing the driver, you will need to set up OMS (see page 64).  Start the computer.  Insert the included CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive. The system displays the CD-ROM icon on the desktop.  Double-click the CD-ROM icon and double-click the “Install ● Open Music System (OMS) USB Driver” icon in the “USBdrv_” folder to display the following installation screen. OMS allows you to use several MIDI applications on the Mac OS at the same time.  Double-click on the “OMS_” folder (English version only). “Install OMS *****” will be displayed.  Double-click on “Install OMS *****.” OMS Setup Dialog will be displayed.  Execute the installation by following the on-screen directions. After the installation, select “Restart.” • After the installation is complete, you may possibly encounter an error message warning that the installer did not close. In this case, go to the “File” menu and select “Quit” to close the installer. Then reboot the computer. After restarting the Macintosh, you will find the “Opcode”/ “OMS Applications” folder on your computer (Hard Disk, as the default).  Copy the “OMS_***_Mac.pdf” in the CD-ROM to the “OMS Applications” folder (drag-and-drop it to the folder). Refer to the “OMS_***_Mac.pdf” (English version only) how to use the application.  Copy the “OMS Setup for YAMAHA” in the CD-ROM to the installation. If you wish to change the destination disk or folder, use the [Switch Disk] button and the pop-up menu to specify the desired destination. • This box usually displays the start-up disk as the destination.  Click the [Install] button. The system displays the following message: “This installation requires your computer to restart after installing this software. Click Continue to automatically quit all other running applications.” Click [Continue]. • To cancel the installation, click [Cancel]. 61 “OMS Applications” folder (drag-and-drop it to the folder). In the “OMS Setup for YAMAHA” folder you will find the OMS Setup files for the Yamaha tone generators, which can be used as templates.  The “Install Location” box displays the destination of the EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 63 Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide  The installation starts. If the driver has alreadybeen installed, the following message appears. To return to step , press [Continue]. To complete the installation, click [Quit]. Setting up OMS The OMS studio setup file for the MIDI instrument is contained in the included CD-ROM. This studio setup file is used for setting up OMS. • Before performing the following procedure, the OMS and USB MIDI Driver should be installed (see page 63).  Use a USB cable to connect the USB terminal of the com When the installation is complete, the system displays the following message: “Installation was successful. You have installed software which requires you to restart your computer.” Click [Restart]. The computer automatically restarts. You can locate the installed files in the following locations: • [System Folder] → [Control Panels] → [YAMAHA USB MIDI Patch] • [System Folder] → [Extensions] → [USB YAMAHA MIDI Driver] • [System Folder] → [OMS Folder] → [YAMAHA USB MIDI OMS Driver] puter (or the USB hub) to the USB terminal of the MIDI instrument and turn the MIDI instrument’ power on.  Start the computer.  Insert the included CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive of your Macintosh computer. The CD-ROM icon appears on the desktop.  Double-click on the CD-ROM icon, “OMS_”, and “OMS Setup for YAMAHA.” The file “****-USB” appears. (“****” indicates the product name, etc.) Copy this to the hard disk on your computer.  Double-click on the “****-USB” file to start the OMS Setup.  After starting the OMS Setup, the Studio setup file doubleclicked in step  opens. Indicates this setup is available ■ Installing Song Filer  Double-click on the “SongFiler_” folder in the CD-ROM. “Install Song Filer” file will be displayed.  Double-click on the “Install Song Filer” file. The Song Filer installation dialog will be displayed. Execute the installation by following the on-screen directions. • Select “Custom Installation” if you want to access PDF manuals in languages other than English.  After installing, restart the computer. For instructions and operation details, refer to the online help and PDF manual. * For the latest version of Song Filer, go to the following website. http://www.yamahapkclub.com./english/download/ songfiler/songfiler.htm • If “ ” is not indicated at the left of the setup file name, select “Make Current” from the “File” menu and execute the save operation. The OMS studio setup has been completed. • After the OMS studio setup above has been completed, your computer will recognize only the MIDI instrument as a MIDI instrument. If you use another MIDI instrument in addition to the MIDI instrument or you add a second MIDI instrument to the existing system, you should create an original Studio Setup file. For details, refer to the on-line manual supplied with the OMS. 62 64 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Accessory CD-ROM Installation Guide Depending on the Macintosh and operating system version that you are using, the included studio setup file for the MIDI instrument still may not work even after you have performed the above steps. (MIDI transmission and reception will not be possible even if the setup is valid.) In this case, use the following procedure to re-create the setup file.  Connect the MIDI instrument and Macintosh via USB cable, and turn on the power of the MIDI instrument.  Start up OMS Setup, and from the “File” menu, choose “New setup.”  The OMS driver search dialog box will appear. Uncheck both [Modem] and [Printer] if you are using a USB connection.  Click the [Find] button to search for the device. When a device has been found, the OMS Driver Setting dialog box will display “USB-MIDI.” • If the device was found correctly, click the [OK] button to proceed. • If the device was not found, re-check that the cable connections are correct, and repeat the procedure from step .  Make sure that the port is shown below the device that was found. (This will be a name such as USB-MIDI.) Check the check box for the port, and then click the [OK] button.  A dialog box will appear, allowing you to name the file that will be saved. Input the desired filename, and click [Save]. This completes the OMS setup.  From the “Studio” menu, choose “Test,” and click the port icon. If a channel sounds on the MIDI instrument, the system is operating correctly. For details on using OMS, refer to “OMS_***_Mac.pdf,” included with OMS. SOFTWARE LICENSING AGREEMENT The following is a legal agreement between you, the end user, and Yamaha Corporation (“Yamaha”). The enclosed Yamaha software program is licensed by Yamaha to the original purchaser for use only on the terms set forth herein. Please read this licensing agreement with care. Opening this package indicates that you accept all terms outlined herein. If you do not agree to the terms, return this package unopened to Yamaha for a full refund. In the event that you obtained the enclosed Yamaha software program(s) as a part of a software package or software bundled with a hardware product, you may not return the enclosed Yamaha software program(s) to Yamaha. 1. GRANT OF LICENSE AND COPYRIGHT Yamaha grants you, the original purchaser, the right to use one copy of the enclosed software program and data (“SOFTWARE”) on a single-user computer system. You may not use it on more than one computer or computer terminal. The SOFTWARE is owned by Yamaha and is protected by Japanese copyright laws and all applicable international treaty provisions. You are entitled to claim ownership of the media in which the SOFTWARE is included. Therefore, you must treat the SOFTWARE like any other copyrighted materials. 2. RESTRICTIONS The SOFTWARE program is copyrighted. You may not engage in reverse engineering or reproduction of the SOFTWARE by other conceivable methods. You may not reproduce, modify, change, rent, lease, resell, or distribute the SOFTWARE in whole or in part, or create derivative works from the SOFTWARE. You may not transmit or network the SOFTWARE with other computers. You may transfer ownership of the SOFTWARE and the accompanying written materials on a permanent basis provided that you retain no copies and the recipient agrees to the terms of the licensing agreement. 3. TERMINATION The licensing condition of the software program becomes effective on the day that you receive the SOFTWARE. If any one of the copyright laws or clauses of the licensing conditions is violated, the licensing agreement shall be terminated automatically without notice from Yamaha. In this case, you must destroy the licensed SOFTWARE and its copies immediately. 4. PRODUCT WARRANTY Yamaha warrants to the original purchaser that if the SOFTWARE, when used in normal conditions, will not perform the functions described in the manual provided by Yamaha, the sole remedy will be that Yamaha will replace any media which proves defective in materials or workmanship on an exchange basis without charge. Except as expressly set forth above, the SOFTWARE is provided “as is,” and no other warranties, either expressed or implied, are made with respect to this software, including, without limitation the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. 5. LIMITED LIABILITY Your sole remedies and Yamaha’s entire liability are as set forth above. In no event will Yamaha be liable to you or any other person for any damages, including without limitation any incidental or consequential damages, expenses, lost profits, lost savings or other damages arising out of the use or inability to use such SOFTWARE even if Yamaha or an authorized dealer has been advised of the possibility of such damages, or for any claim by any other party. 6. GENERAL 63 This license agreement shall be interpreted according to and governed by Japanese laws. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 65 Function The EZ-250i has a variety of settings in the Function parameters. These give you detailed control over many of the EZ-250i’s features. Using the Function parameters 1 Select a Function name. Press the [FUNCTION] button, repeatedly if necessary, until appropriate Function name is appear in the display. 00 2 Transpos Input the appropriate value or use the [+]/[–] buttons to set the selected Function. 02 • To save the Function parameters and the Touch on/off status to internal memory (flash memory), press and hold the [FUNCTION] button. (See page 68.) • To input a negative value, simultaneously hold the [–] button and enter the number. Transpos ● Function parameters CATEGORY SELECT Display Range/ Settings Overall Transpose Transpos -12–12 This determines the transposition of the entire EZ-250i sound. * Tuning Tuning -100–100 This determines the pitch of the entire EZ-250i sound . * Split Point SplitPnt 000–127 This determines the highest key for the Split voice and sets the Split “point” * — in other words, the key that separates the Split (lower) and Main (upper) voices. (The Split voice sounds up to and including the Split Point key.) The default Split Point is 054 (F#2). The Split Point setting and Accompaniment Split Point setting are automatically set to the same value. 1–3 A setting of “1” results in limited touch response; this setting produces a rel- * atively narrow dynamic range, no matter how lightly or strongly you play the keys. “2” lets you play over a normal dynamic range (soft to loud), while “3” is designed for playing very soft passages, giving you slightly more detailed control in the soft volume range. When Touch is turned off (page 27), a constant velocity value of 80 is produced (total velocity range = 0–127). On/Off This determines the Sustain on or off. Press the [+]/[-] buttons to set Sustain to on or off. Touch Sensitivity TouchSns Sustain On/Off * 64 66 Sustain Description EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Function CATEGORY SELECT Display Range/ Settings Description Volume Style Volume StyleVol 0–127 This determines the volume of the style, letting you create an optimum mix with your performance. * Song Volume SongVol 0–127 This determines the volume of the Song. * Metronome Volume MtrVol 0–127 This determines the volume of the Metronome. * 0–15 This determines the time signature of the Metronome. * Metronome Time TimeSig Signature Main Voice Dual Voice Split Voice Effect/ Harmony Volume M.Volume 0–127 This determines the volume of the Main voice, letting you create an optimum mix with the Dual or Split voice. * Octave M.Octave -2–2 (octave) This determines the octave range for the Main voice. Use this to set the most suitable range for the Main voice. * Reverb Send Level M.RevLvl 0–127 This determines how much of the Main voice’s signal is sent to the Reverb effect. Higher values result in a louder Reverb effect. * Chorus Send Level M.ChoLvl 0–127 This determines how much of the Main voice’s signal is sent to the Chorus effect. Higher values result in a louder Chorus effect. * Voice D.Voice 1–480 This select the dual voice. Volume D.Volume 0–127 This determines the volume of the Dual voice, letting you create an optimum mix with the Main voice. * Octave D.Octave -2–2 (octave) This determines the octave range for the Dual voice. Use this to create an octave layer for the Dual voice. * Reverb Send Level D.RevLvl 0–127 This determines how much of the Dual voice’s signal is sent to the Reverb effect. Higher values result in a louder Reverb effect for the Dual voice. * Chorus Send Level D.ChoLvl 0–127 This determines how much of the Dual voice’s signal is sent to the Chorus effect. Higher values result in a louder Chorus effect for the Dual voice. * Voice S.Voice 1–480 This select the split voice. Volume S.Volume 0–127 This determines the volume of the Split voice, letting you create an optimum mix with the Main voice. * Octave S.Octave -2–2 (octave) This determines the octave range for the Split voice. Use this to set the most suitable range for the Split (lower) voice. * Reverb Send Level S.RevLvl 0–127 This determines how much of the Split voice’s signal is sent to the Reverb effect. Higher values result in a louder Reverb effect for the Split voice. * Chorus Send Level S.ChoLvl 0–127 This determines how much of the Split voice’s signal is sent to the Chorus effect. Higher values result in a louder Chorus effect for the Split voice. * Reverb Type Reverb * Chorus 1–10 1–5 This determines the Reverb type (See the list on page 32). Chorus Type Harmony Type HarmType 1–26 This determines the Harmony type (See the list on page 31). 0–127 This determines the level of the Harmony effect when Harmony type 1-5 is * selected, letting you create the optimum mix with the original melody note. Harmony Volume HarmVol Utility This determines the Chorus type, including “off” (See the list on page 32). * * Local On/Off Local On/Off This determines the Local on or off. Press the [+]/[–] buttons to set Local Control to on or off. * External Clock ExtClock On/Off This determines the External clock or Internal clock. Press the [+]/[–] buttons to set External clock or Internal clock. * Initial Setup Send InitSend YES/NO This lets you save PortaTone initial data to another device (such as a sequencer, computer, or MIDI data filer). Use the [+/ON] button to transmit the data. Lesson Track (R) R-Part 1–16 This determines the track number for your right hand lesson. This setting is effective only loaded song. * Lesson Track (L) L-Part 1–16 This determines the track number for your left hand lesson. This setting is effective only loaded song. * Demo Cancel D-Cancel On/Off This determines the Demo Cancel is enabled or not. Press the [+]/[-] buttons to set Demo Cancel to on or off. Backup Clear BkupClr? YES/NO This determines the Internal Flash Memory is initialized or not. 65 * The “*” mark indicates that the setting can be restored to default value by pressing both [+]/[–] buttons simultaneously. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 67 Data Backup ■ Data Backup • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • The following data can be stored to internal flash memory as data backup. Group SONG FUNCTION Touch Parameter User Song Data Tuning Split Point Touch Sensitivity Sustain On/Off Style Volume Song Volume Metronome Volume Demo Cancel On/Off Touch On/Off • Never attempt to turn the power off when data is being transferred from a computer. Doing so can damage the internal flash memory and result in loss of data. ● About the Internal Flash Memory The Song data is stored when data is transferred from a computer. Function and touch On/Off are stored when Pressing and Holding the [FUNCTION] button. ■ Data Initialization • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ● All Data Initialization (including loaded song data) All data can be initialized by turning on the power while holding the highest (rightmost) white key (C6) and nearest A key (A5) on the keyboard. “CLr All Mem” will appear briefly on the display. You can also execute this setting in the Utility mode (see page 67.) • All data listed above, plus loaded song data, will be erased and/or changed when the All Data Initialization procedure is carried out. • Carrying out the data initialization procedure will usually restore normal operation if the EZ-250i freezes or begins to act erratically for any reason. ● All data Initialization (excluding song data) All data except for loaded song data can be initialized by turning on the power while holding the highest (rightmost) white key on the keyboard. 66 68 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Troubleshooting Problem Possible Cause and Solution When the EZ-250i is turned on or off, a popping sound is temporarily produced. This is normal and indicates that the EZ-250i is receiving electrical power. When using a mobile phone, noise is produced. Using a mobile phone in close proximity to the EZ-250i may produce interference. To prevent this, turn off the mobile phone or use it further away from the EZ-250i. There is no sound even when the keyboard is played or when a song is being played back. Check that nothing is connected to the PHONES/OUTPUT jack on the rear panel. When a set of headphones is plugged into this jack, no sound is output. Check the Local Control on/off or PC Mode on/off. (See page 57, 58.) When using the Dictionary function (page 42), the keys in the right hand area are used only for entering the chord root and type. The sound of the voices or rhythms seems unusual or strange. The battery power is too low. Replace the batteries. (See page 10.) The auto accompaniment doesn’t turn on, even when pressing the [ACMP ON/OFF] button. Make sure the Style mode is active before using the auto accompaniment. Press the [STYLE] button to enable style operations. The style or song does not play back even when pressing the [START/STOP] button. Check the External Clock on/off. (See page 57.) The style or song does not sound properly. Make sure that the Style Volume or Song Volume (page 39) is set to an appropriate level. When playing back one of the Pianist styles (#93 #100), the rhythm cannot be heard. This is normal. The Pianist styles have no drums or bass — only piano accompaniment. The accompaniment of the style can only be heard when accompaniment is set to ON and keys are played in the auto accompaniment area of the keyboard. Not all of the voices seem to sound, or the sound seems to be cut off. The EZ-250i is polyphonic up to a maximum of 32 notes. If the Dual voice or Split voice is being used and a style or song is playing back at the same time, some notes/sounds may be omitted (or “stolen”) from the accompaniment or song. A strange “flanging” or “doubling” sound occurs when using the EZ-250i with a sequencer. (This may also sound like a “dual” layered sound of two voices, even when Dual is turned off.) When using the style with a sequencer, set MIDI Echo (or the relevant control) to “off.” (Refer to the owner’s manual of your particular device and/or software for details.) The footswitch (for sustain) seems to produce the opposite effect. For example, pressing the footswitch cuts off the sound and releasing it sustains the sounds. The polarity of the footswitch is reversed. Make sure that the footswitch plug is properly connected to the SUSTAIN jack before turning on the power. The sound of the voice changes from note to note. The AWM tone generation method uses multiple recordings (samples) of an instrument across the range of the keyboard; thus, the actual sound of the voice may be slightly different from note to note. 67 Playing keys in the right hand area of the keyboard does not produce any sound. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 69 Voice List Voice List ■ Maximum Polyphony • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • The EZ-250i has 32-note maximum polyphony. This means that it can play a maximum of up to 32 notes at once, regardless of what functions are used. Auto Accompaniment uses a number of the available notes, so when Auto Accompaniment is used the total number of available notes for playing on the keyboard is correspondingly reduced. The same applies to the Split Voice and Song functions. • The Voice List includes MIDI program change numbers for each voice. Use these program change numbers when playing the EZ-250i via MIDI from an external device. • Some voices may sound continuously or have a long decay after the notes have been released while the sustain pedal (footswitch) is held. ● Panel Voice List Voice No. MSB LSB 001 002 003 004 005 006 0 0 0 0 0 0 112 112 112 112 113 112 007 008 009 010 011 012 0 0 0 0 0 0 114 112 112 113 114 112 013 014 015 016 017 018 019 020 021 022 023 024 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 112 113 112 116 112 114 118 119 114 112 113 112 025 026 027 028 0 0 0 0 113 112 113 112 029 030 031 032 033 034 035 036 037 038 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 112 112 113 112 113 112 117 112 112 112 039 040 041 042 043 0 0 0 0 0 112 112 112 112 112 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual MIDI Program Voice Name Change# PIANO 0 Grand Piano 1 Bright Piano 3 Honky-tonk Piano 2 MIDI Grand Piano 2 CP 80 6 Harpsichord E.PIANO 4 Galaxy EP 4 Funky Electric Piano 5 DX Modern Elec. Piano 5 Hyper Tines 5 Venus Electric Piano 7 Clavi ORGAN 16 Jazz Organ 1 16 Jazz Organ 2 17 Click Organ 16 Bright Organ 18 Rock Organ 18 Purple Organ 16 16'+2' Organ 16 16'+4' Organ 16 Theater Organ 19 Church Organ 19 Chapel Organ 20 Reed Organ ACCORDION 21 Traditional Accordion 21 Musette Accordion 23 Bandoneon 22 Harmonica GUITAR 24 Classical Guitar 25 Folk Guitar 25 12Strings Guitar 26 Jazz Guitar 26 Octave Guitar 27 Clean Guitar 27 60’s Clean Guitar 28 Muted Guitar 29 Overdriven Guitar 30 Distortion Guitar BASS 32 Acoustic Bass 33 Finger Bass 34 Pick Bass 35 Fretless Bass 36 Slap Bass Bank Select Voice No. MSB 044 045 046 0 0 0 047 048 049 050 051 052 053 054 055 056 057 058 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 059 060 061 062 0 0 0 0 063 064 065 066 067 068 069 070 071 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 072 073 074 075 076 077 0 0 0 0 0 0 078 079 080 081 082 083 0 0 0 0 0 0 084 085 086 0 0 0 MIDI Program Voice Name LSB Change# 112 38 Synth Bass 113 38 Hi-Q Bass 113 39 Dance Bass STRINGS 112 48 String Ensemble 112 49 Chamber Strings 112 50 Synth Strings 113 49 Slow Strings 112 44 Tremolo Strings 112 45 Pizzicato Strings 112 55 Orchestra Hit 112 40 Violin 112 42 Cello 112 43 Contrabass 112 105 Banjo 112 46 Harp CHOIR 112 52 Choir 113 52 Vocal Ensemble 112 53 Vox Humana 112 54 Air Choir SAXOPHONE 112 64 Soprano Sax 112 65 Alto Sax 112 66 Tenor Sax 114 66 Breathy Tenor 112 67 Baritone Sax 112 68 Oboe 112 69 English Horn 112 70 Bassoon 112 71 Clarinet TRUMPET 112 56 Trumpet 112 59 Muted Trumpet 112 57 Trombone 113 57 Trombone Section 112 60 French Horn 112 58 Tuba BRASS 112 61 Brass Section 113 61 Big Band Brass 119 61 Mellow Horns 112 62 Synth Brass 113 62 Jump Brass 114 62 Techno Brass FLUTE 112 73 Flute 112 72 Piccolo 112 75 Pan Flute 280 70 Bank Select 281 Voice List Bank Select Voice No. MSB 087 088 0 0 089 090 091 092 093 094 095 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 096 097 098 099 100 0 0 0 0 0 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 126 126 MIDI Program Voice Name LSB Change# 112 74 Recorder 112 79 Ocarina SYNTH LEAD 112 80 Square Lead 112 81 Sawtooth Lead 112 85 Voice Lead 112 98 Star Dust 112 100 Brightness 115 81 Analogon 119 81 Fargo SYNTH PAD 112 88 Fantasia 113 100 Bell Pad 112 91 Xenon Pad 112 94 Equinox 113 89 Dark Moon PERCUSSION 112 11 Vibraphone 112 12 Marimba 112 13 Xylophone 112 114 Steel Drums 112 8 Celesta 112 14 Tubular Bells 112 47 Timpani 112 10 Music Box DRUM KITS 0 0 Standard Kit 1 0 1 Standard Kit 2 0 8 Room Kit 0 16 Rock Kit 0 24 Electronic Kit 0 25 Analog Kit 0 27 Dance Kit 0 32 Jazz Kit 0 40 Brush Kit 0 48 Symphony Kit 0 0 SFX Kit 1 0 1 SFX Kit 2 ● XGlite Voice List Bank Select Voice No. MSB LSB 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 40 41 0 1 0 1 32 0 1 0 1 32 0 1 32 41 0 1 35 0 1 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 0 1 0 1 64 97 98 0 0 96 97 0 35 96 97 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32 33 34 35 37 40 64 65 66 67 0 24 32 33 37 0 64 65 66 MIDI Program Voice Name Change# PIANO 0 Grand Piano 0 Grand Piano KSP 0 Piano Strings 0 Dream 1 Bright Piano 1 Bright Piano KSP 2 Electric Grand Piano 2 Electric Grand Piano KSP 2 Detuned CP80 3 Honky-tonk Piano 3 Honky-tonk Piano KSP 4 Electric Piano 1 4 Electric Piano 1 KSP 4 Chorus Electric Piano 1 5 Electric Piano 2 5 Electric Piano 2 KSP 5 Chorus Electric Piano 2 5 DX + Analog Electric Piano 6 Harpsichord 6 Harpsichord KSP 6 Harpsichord 3 7 Clavi 7 Clavi KSP CHROMATIC 8 Celesta 9 Glockenspiel 10 Music Box 10 Orgel 11 Vibraphone 11 Vibraphone KSP 12 Marimba 12 Marimba KSP 12 Sine Marimba 12 Balimba 12 Log Drums 13 Xylophone 14 Tubular Bells 14 Church Bells 14 Carillon 15 Dulcimer 15 Dulcimer 2 15 Cimbalom 15 Santur ORGAN 16 DrawOrg 16 Detuned DrawOrg 16 60’s DrawOrg 1 16 60’s DrawOrg 2 16 70’s DrawOrg 1 16 60’s DrawOrg 3 16 16+2"2/3 16 Organ Bass 16 70’s DrawOrg 2 16 Cheezy Organ 16 DrawOrg 3 17 Percussive Organ 17 70’s Percussive Organ 17 Detuned Percussive Organ 17 Light Organ 17 Percussive Organ 2 18 Rock Organ 18 Rotary Organ 18 Slow Rotary 18 Fast Rotary EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 71 Voice List MSB LSB 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32 35 40 64 65 0 40 0 0 32 0 64 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 96 0 35 40 41 96 0 32 0 32 0 40 41 45 0 43 0 40 41 0 65 66 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 40 45 0 18 40 43 45 65 0 28 0 32 33 34 0 32 0 43 0 40 0 6 12 18 19 40 41 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual MIDI Program Change# 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 21 22 22 23 23 GUITAR 24 24 25 25 25 25 25 26 26 27 27 28 28 28 28 29 29 30 30 30 31 31 31 BASS 32 32 32 33 33 33 33 33 33 34 34 35 35 35 35 36 36 37 37 38 38 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 Voice Name Church Organ Church Organ 3 Church Organ 2 Notre Dame Organ Flute Tremolo Organ Flute Reed Organ Puff Organ Accordion Hamonica Harmonica 2 Tango Accordion Tango Accordion 2 Nylon Guitar Ukulele Steel Guitar 12-string Guitar Nylon & Steel Guitar Steel Guitar with Body Sound Mandolin Jazz Guitar Jazz Amp Clean Guitar Chorus Guitar Muted Guitar Funk Guitar 1 Muted Steel Guitar Jazz Man Overdriven Guitar Guitar Pinch Distortion Guitar Feedback Guitar Feedback Guitar 2 Guitar Harmonics Guitar Feedback Guitar Harmonics 2 Acoustic Bass Jazz Rhythm Velocity Crossfade Upright Bass Finger Bass Finger Dark Bass & Distorted Electric Guitar Finger Slap Bass Finger Bass 2 Modulated Bass Pick Bass Muted Pick Bass Fretless Bass Fretless Bass 2 Fretless Bass 3 Fretless Bass 4 Slap Bass 1 Punch Thumb Bass Slap Bass 2 Velocity Switch Slap Synth Bass 1 Techno Synth Bass Synth Bass 2 Mellow Synth Bass Sequenced Bass Click Synth Bass Synth Bass 2 Dark Modular Synth Bass DX Bass Bank Select Voice No. MSB 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 303 304 305 306 307 308 0 0 0 0 0 0 MIDI Program Voice Name LSB Change# STRING 0 40 Violin 8 40 Slow Violin 0 41 Viola 0 42 Cello 0 43 Contrabass 0 44 Tremolo Strings 8 44 Slow Tremolo Strings 40 44 Suspense Strings 0 45 Pizzicato Strings 0 46 Orchestral Harp 40 46 Yang Chin 0 47 Timpani ENSEMBLE 0 48 Strings 1 3 48 Stereo Strings 8 48 Slow Strings 35 48 60’s Strings 40 48 Orchestra 41 48 Orchestra 2 42 48 Tremolo Orchestra 45 48 Velocity Strings 0 49 Strings 2 3 49 Stereo Slow Strings 8 49 Legato Strings 40 49 Warm Strings 41 49 Kingdom 0 50 Synth Strings 1 0 51 Synth Strings 2 0 52 Choir Aahs 3 52 Stereo Choir 32 52 Mellow Choir 40 52 Choir Strings 0 53 Voice Oohs 0 54 Synth Voice 40 54 Synth Voice 2 41 54 Choral 64 54 Analog Voice 0 55 Orchestra Hit 35 55 Orchestra Hit 2 64 55 Impact BRASS 0 56 Trumpet 32 56 Warm Trumpet 0 57 Trombone 18 57 Trombone 2 0 58 Tuba 0 59 Muted Trumpet 0 60 French Horn 6 60 French Horn Solo 32 60 French Horn 2 37 60 Horn Orchestra 0 61 Brass Section Trumpet & Trombone Section 35 61 0 62 Synth Brass 1 20 62 Resonant Synth Brass 0 63 Synth Brass 2 18 63 Soft Brass 41 63 Choir Brass REED 0 64 Soprano Sax 0 65 Alto Sax 40 65 Sax Section 0 66 Tenor Sax 40 66 Breathy Tenor Sax 0 67 Baritone Sax 282 72 Bank Select Voice No. 283 Voice List Bank Select Voice No. MSB 309 310 311 312 0 0 0 0 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 MIDI Program Voice Name LSB Change# 0 68 Oboe 0 69 English Horn 0 70 Bassoon 0 71 Clarinet PIPE 0 72 Piccolo 0 73 Flute 0 74 Recorder 0 75 Pan Flute 0 76 Blown Bottle 0 77 Shakuhachi 0 78 Whistle 0 79 Ocarina SYNTH LEAD 0 80 Square Lead 6 80 Square Lead 2 8 80 LM Square 18 80 Hollow 19 80 Shroud 64 80 Mellow 65 80 Solo Sine 66 80 Sine Lead 0 81 Sawtooth Lead 6 81 Sawtooth Lead 2 8 81 Thick Sawtooth 18 81 Dynamic Sawtooth 19 81 Digital Sawtooth 20 81 Big Lead 96 81 Sequenced Analog 0 82 Calliope Lead 65 82 Pure Pad 0 83 Chiff Lead 0 84 Charang Lead 64 84 Distorted Lead 0 85 Voice Lead 0 86 Fifths Lead 35 86 Big Five 0 87 Bass & Lead 16 87 Big & Low 64 87 Fat & Perky 65 87 Soft Whirl SYNTH PAD 0 88 New Age Pad 64 88 Fantasy 0 89 Warm Pad 0 90 Poly Synth Pad 0 91 Choir Pad 66 91 Itopia 0 92 Bowed Pad 0 93 Metallic Pad 0 94 Halo Pad 0 95 Sweep Pad SYNTH EFFECTS 0 96 Rain 65 96 African Wind 66 96 Carib 0 97 Sound Track 27 97 Prologue 0 98 Crystal 12 98 Synth Drum Comp 14 98 Popcorn 18 98 Tiny Bells 35 98 Round Glockenspiel 40 98 Glockenspiel Chimes 41 98 Clear Bells 42 98 Chorus Bells 65 98 Soft Crystal Bank Select Voice No. MSB 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 432 433 434 435 0 0 0 0 MIDI Program Voice Name LSB Change# 70 98 Air Bells 71 98 Bell Harp 72 98 Gamelimba 0 99 Atmosphere 18 99 Warm Atmosphere 19 99 Hollow Release 40 99 Nylon Electric Piano 64 99 Nylon Harp 65 99 Harp Vox 66 99 Atmosphere Pad 0 100 Brightness 0 101 Goblins 64 101 Goblins Synth 65 101 Creeper 67 101 Ritual 68 101 To Heaven 70 101 Night 71 101 Glisten 96 101 Bell Choir 0 102 Echoes 0 103 Sci-Fi WORLD 0 104 Sitar 32 104 Detuned Sitar 35 104 Sitar 2 97 104 Tamboura 0 105 Banjo 28 105 Muted Banjo 96 105 Rabab 97 105 Gopichant 98 105 Oud 0 106 Shamisen 0 107 Koto 96 107 Taisho-kin 97 107 Kanoon 0 108 Kalimba 0 109 Bagpipe 0 110 Fiddle 0 111 Shanai PERCUSSIVE 0 112 Tinkle Bell 96 112 Bonang 97 112 Altair 98 112 Gamelan Gongs 99 112 Stereo Gamelan Gongs 100 112 Rama Cymbal 0 113 Agogo 0 114 Steel Drums 97 114 Glass Percussion 98 114 Thai Bells 0 115 Woodblock 96 115 Castanets 0 116 Taiko Drum 96 116 Gran Cassa 0 117 Melodic Tom 64 117 Melodic Tom 2 65 117 Real Tom 66 117 Rock Tom 0 118 Synth Drum 64 118 Analog Tom 65 118 Electronic Percussion 0 119 Reverse Cymbal SOUND EFFECTS 0 120 Fret Noise 0 121 Breath Noise 0 122 Seashore 0 123 Bird Tweet EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 73 Voice List MSB LSB 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 0 0 0 0 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual MIDI Program Change# 124 125 126 127 0 1 3 16 32 33 34 35 36 37 48 49 50 55 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 96 97 98 99 100 112 113 114 115 Voice Name Telephone Ring Helicopter Applause Gunshot Cutting Noise Cutting Noise 2 String Slap Flute Key Click Shower Thunder Wind Stream Bubble Feed Dog Horse Bird Tweet 2 Maou Phone Call Door Squeak Door Slam Scratch Cut Scratch Split Wind Chime Telephone Ring 2 Car Engine Ignition Car Tires Squeal Car Passing Car Crash Siren Train Jet Plane Starship Burst Roller Coaster Submarine Laugh Scream Punch Heartbeat Footsteps Machine Gun Laser Gun Explosion Firework 284 74 Bank Select Voice No. Style List Style List Style No. 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015 016 017 018 019 020 021 022 023 024 025 026 027 028 029 030 031 032 033 034 035 036 037 038 039 040 041 042 043 044 045 046 047 285 048 049 050 051 052 053 054 Style Name 8BEAT 8BeatModern 60’sGtrPop 8BeatAdria 60’s8Beat 8Beat OffBeat 60’sRock HardRock RockShuffle 8BeatRock 16BEAT 16Beat PopShuffle GuitarPop 16BtUptempo KoolShuffle HipHopLight BALLAD PianoBallad LoveSong 6/8ModernEP 6/8SlowRock OrganBallad PopBallad 16BeatBallad DANCE EuroTrance Ibiza SwingHouse Clubdance ClubLatin Garage1 Garage2 TechnoParty UKPop HipHopGroove HipShuffle HipHopPop DISCO 70’sDisco LatinDisco SaturdayNight DiscoHands SWING & JAZZ BigBandFast BigBandBallad JazzClub Swing1 Swing2 Five/Four Dixieland Ragtime R&B Soul DetroitPop 6/8Soul CrocoTwist Rock&Roll ComboBoogie 6/8Blues Style No. 055 056 057 058 059 060 061 062 063 064 065 066 067 068 069 070 071 072 073 074 075 076 077 078 079 080 081 082 083 084 085 086 087 088 089 090 091 092 093 094 095 096 097 098 099 100 Style Name COUNTRY CountryPop CountrySwing Country2/4 Bluegrass LATIN BrazilianSamba BossaNova Tijuana DiscoLatin Mambo Salsa Beguine Reggae BALLROOM VienneseWaltz EnglishWaltz Slowfox Foxtrot Quickstep Tango Pasodoble Samba ChaChaCha Rumba Jive TRADITIONAL USMarch 6/8March GermanMarch PolkaPop OberPolka Tarantella Showtune ChristmasSwing ChristmasWaltz ScottishReel WALTZ SwingWaltz JazzWaltz CountryWaltz OberWalzer Musette PIANIST Stride PianoSwing Arpeggio Habanera SlowRock 8BeatPianoBallad 6/8PianoMarch PianoWaltz EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 75 Drum Kit List Drum Kit List • “ ” indicates that the drum sound is the same as “Standard Kit 1”. • Each percussion voice uses one note. • The MIDI Note # and Note are actually one octave lower than keyboard Note # and Note. For example, in “109: Standard Kit 1”, the “Seq Click H” (Note# 36/Note C1) corresponds to (Note# 24/Note C0). • Key Off: Keys marked “O” stop sounding the instant they are released. • Voices with the same Alternate Note Number (*1 – 4) cannot be played simultaneously. (They are designed to be played alternately with each other.) Voice No. MSB/LSB/PC MIDI Key Alternate Keyboard Note# C1 C#1 D1 E1 F1 D#1 F#1 G1 G#1 A1 B1 C2 A#1 C#2 D2 E2 F2 D#2 F#2 G2 G#2 A2 B2 C3 A#2 C#3 D3 E3 F3 D#3 F#3 G3 G#3 A3 B3 C4 A#3 C#4 D4 E4 F4 D#4 F#4 G4 G#4 A4 B4 C5 A#4 C#5 D5 E5 F5 D#5 F#5 G5 G#5 A5 B5 A#5 C6 Note C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Note# 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 Note C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Off assign 3 3 4 4 O O O 1 1 1 O O O 2 2 110 127/000/001 111 127/000/008 112 127/000/016 113 127/000/024 114 127/000/025 Standard Kit 1 Standard Kit 2 Room Kit Rock Kit Electronic Kit Analog Kit Surdo Mute Surdo Open Hi Q Whip Slap Scratch Push Scratch Pull Finger Snap Click Noise Metronome Click Metronome Bell Seq Click L Seq Click H Brush Tap Brush Swirl Brush Slap Brush Tap Swirl Snare Roll Castanet Snare H Soft Sticks Bass Drum Soft Open Rim Shot Bass Drum Hard Bass Drum Side Stick Snare M Hand Clap Snare H Hard Floor Tom L Hi-Hat Closed Floor Tom H Hi-Hat Pedal Low Tom Hi-Hat Open Mid Tom L Mid Tom H Crash Cymbal 1 High Tom Ride Cymbal 1 Chinese Cymbal Ride Cymbal Cup Tambourine Splash Cymbal Cowbell Crash Cymbal 2 Vibraslap Ride Cymbal 2 Bongo H Bongo L Conga H Mute Conga H Open Conga L Timbale H Timbale L Agogo H Agogo L Cabasa Maracas Samba Whistle H Samba Whistle L Guiro Short Guiro Long Claves Wood Block H Wood Block L Cuica Mute Cuica Open Triangle Mute Triangle Open Shaker Jingle Bell Bell Tree Snare H Soft 2 SD Rock H Reverse Cymbal Reverse Cymbal Hi Q 2 Snare L Hi Q 2 SD Rock H Bass Drum H Bass Drum H Bass Drum H BD Rock BD Rock BD Gate BD Analog L BD Analog H Analog Side Stick Analog Snare 1 Open Rim Shot 2 Bass Drum 2 Snare M 2 SD Room L SD Rock L SD Rock L Snare H Hard 2 SD Room H Room Tom 1 SD Rock Rim Rock Tom 1 SD Rock H E Tom 1 Room Tom 2 Rock Tom 2 E Tom 2 Room Tom 3 Rock Tom 3 E Tom 3 Room Tom 4 Room Tom 5 Rock Tom 4 Rock Tom 5 E Tom 4 E Tom 5 Room Tom 6 Rock Tom 6 E Tom 6 Analog Snare 2 Analog Tom 1 Analog HH Closed 1 Analog Tom 2 Analog HH Closed 2 Analog Tom 3 Analog HH Open Analog Tom 4 Analog Tom 5 Analog Cymbal Analog Tom 6 Analog Cowbell Analog Conga H Analog Conga M Analog Conga L Analog Maracas Analog Claves Scratch Push Scratch Pull Scratch Push Scratch Pull 286 76 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 109 127/000/000 Drum Kit List Voice No. MSB/LSB/PC MIDI Key Alternate Keyboard Note# C1 C#1 D1 E1 F1 D#1 F#1 G1 G#1 A1 B1 C2 A#1 C#2 D2 E2 F2 D#2 F#2 G2 G#2 A2 B2 C3 A#2 C#3 D3 E3 F3 D#3 F#3 G3 G#3 A3 B3 C4 A#3 C#4 D4 E4 F4 D#4 F#4 G4 G#4 A4 B4 C5 A#4 C#5 D5 E5 F5 D#5 F#5 G5 G#5 A5 B5 Note C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Note# 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 Note C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G G# A A# B C C# D D# E F F# G -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Off 115 127/000/027 Dance Kit 116 127/000/032 Jazz Kit 117 127/000/040 Brush Kit 118 127/000/048 Symphony Kit 119 126/000/000 SFX Kit 1 120 126/000/001 SFX Kit 2 assign 3 3 4 4 O O O 1 1 1 O O O 2 2 Surdo Mute Surdo Open Hi Q Whip Slap Scratch Push Scratch Pull Finger Snap Click Noise Metronome Click Metronome Bell Seq Click L Seq Click H Brush Tap Brush Swirl Brush Slap Brush Tap Swirl Snare Roll Castanet Snare H Soft Sticks Bass Drum Soft Open Rim Shot Bass Drum Hard Bass Drum Side Stick Snare M Hand Clap Snare H Hard Floor Tom L Hi-Hat Closed Floor Tom H Hi-Hat Pedal Low Tom Hi-Hat Open Mid Tom L Mid Tom H Crash Cymbal 1 High Tom Ride Cymbal 1 Chinese Cymbal Ride Cymbal Cup Tambourine Splash Cymbal Cowbell Crash Cymbal 2 Vibraslap Ride Cymbal 2 Bongo H Bongo L Conga H Mute Conga H Open Conga L Timbale H Timbale L Agogo H Agogo L Cabasa Maracas Samba Whistle H Samba Whistle L Guiro Short Guiro Long Claves Wood Block H Wood Block L Cuica Mute Cuica Open Triangle Mute Triangle Open Shaker Jingle Bell Bell Tree Reverse Cymbal Hi Q 2 AnSD Snappy AnBD Dance-1 AnSD OpenRim AnBD Dance-2 AnBD Dance-3 Analog Side Stick AnSD Q AnSD Ana+Acoustic Analog Tom 1 Analog HH Closed 3 Analog Tom 2 Analog HH Closed 4 Analog Tom 3 Analog HH Open 2 Analog Tom 4 Analog Tom 5 Analog Cymbal Analog Tom 6 Analog Cowbell Analog Conga H Analog Conga M Analog Conga L Analog Maracas SD Jazz H Light Brush Slap L Bass Drum L BD Jazz BD Jazz Gran Cassa Gran Cassa Mute SD Jazz L Brush Slap Marching Sn M SD Jazz M Jazz Tom 1 Brush Tap Marching Sn H Brush Tom 1 Jazz Tom 1 Jazz Tom 2 Brush Tom 2 Jazz Tom 2 Jazz Tom 3 Brush Tom 3 Jazz Tom 3 Jazz Tom 4 Jazz Tom 5 Brush Tom 4 Jazz Tom 4 Brush Tom 5 Jazz Tom 5 Hand Cym. L Brush Tom 6 Jazz Tom 6 Hand Cym.Short L Jazz Tom 6 Cutting Noise Phone Call Cutting Noise 2 Door Squeak Door Slam String Slap Scratch Cut Scratch Wind Chime Telephone Ring 2 Flute Key Click Car Engine Ignition Car Tires Squeal Car Passing Car Crash Siren Hand Cym. H Train Jet Plane Hand Cym.Short H Starship Burst Roller Coaster Submarine Shower Thunder Wind Stream Bubble Feed Laugh Scream Punch Heartbeat FootSteps Dog Horse Bird Tweet 2 Machine Gun Laser Gun Explosion Firework Analog Claves Scratch Push Scratch Pull Maou 1 C6 A#5 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 109 127/000/000 Standard Kit 1 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 77 78 287 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Mode Change Control 0,32 1 6 38 7 10 11 64 71 72 73 74 84 91,93 94 96,97 100,101 Key's Ch's After Touch Pitch Bend Note ON Note OFF Velocity o x x x o o x o x o x x x o x x x x x x o 9nH,v=1-127 o 9nH,v=0 0 - 127 : True voice ************** 3 x ************** Default Messages Altered Note Number 1 - 16 x Default Changed Basic Channel Function... Transmitted *2 *2 *2 *2 *2 *2 *2 *2 *2 *2 *1 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o x x o 9nH,v=1-127 o 9nH,v=0 or 8nH 0 - 127 0 - 127 3 x x 1 - 16 x Recognized YAMAHA [ Portable Keyboard ] Model EZ-250i MIDI Implementation Chart Bank Select Modulation wheel Data Entry(MSB) Data Entry(LSB) Part Volume Pan Expression Sustain Harmonic Content Release Time Attack Time Brightness Portamento Cntrl Effect 1,3 Depth Effect 4 Depth RPN Inc,Dec RPN LSB,MSB Remarks Date:17-Mar-2003 Version : 1.0 MIDI Implementation Chart MIDI Implementation Chart o : Yes x : No MIDI Implementation Chart NOTE: *1 By default (factory settings) the EZ-250i ordinarily functions as a 16-channel multi-timbral tone generator, and incoming data does not affect the panel voices or panel settings. However, the MIDI messages listed below do affect the panel voices, auto accompaniment, and songs. • MIDI Master Tuning • System exclusive messages for changing the Reverb Type and Chorus Type. *2 Messages for these control change numbers cannot be transmitted from the EZ-250i itself. However, they may be transmitted when playing the accompaniment, song or using the Harmony effect. *3 Exclusive <GM System ON> F0H, 7EH, 7FH, 09H, 01H, F7H • This message automatically restores all default settings for the instrument, with the exception of MIDI Master Tuning. o x x x o x :All Sound OFF :Reset All Cntrls :Local ON/OFF :All Notes OFF Mes- :Active Sense sages:Reset Aux Mode 2 : OMNI ON ,MONO Mode 4 : OMNI OFF,MONO Mode 1 : OMNI ON , POLY Mode 3 : OMNI OFF, POLY o(120,126,127) o(121) o(122) o(123-125) o x *4 Common o o x x x : Song Pos. : Song Sel. : Tune System : Clock Real Time: Commands *4 o o x x x *3 System Exclusive : True # o *3 o o 0 - 127 o 0 - 127 ************** Prog Change 288 <MIDI Master Volume> F0H, 7FH, 7FH, 04H, 01H, ll, mm, F7H • This message allows the volume of all channels to be changed simultaneously (Universal System Exclusive). • The values of “mm” is used for MIDI Master Tuning. (Values for “ll” are ignored.) <MIDI Master Tuning> F0H, 43H, 1nH, 27H, 30H, 00H, 00H, mm, ll, cc, F7H • This message simultaneously changes the tuning value of all channels. • The values of “mm” and “ll” are used for MIDI Master Tuning. • The default value of “mm” and “ll” are 08H and 00H, respectively. Any values can be used for “n” and “cc.” <Reverb Type> F0H, 43H, 1nH, 4CH, 02H, 01H, 00H, mmH, llH, F7H • mm : Reverb Type MSB • ll : Reverb Type LSB Refer to the Effect Map (page 80) for details. <Chorus Type> F0H, 43H, 1nH, 4CH, 02H, 01H, 20H, mmH, llH, F7H • mm : Chorus Type MSB • ll : Chorus Type LSB Refer to the Effect Map (page 80) for details. *4 When the accompaniment is started, an FAH message is transmitted. When accompaniment is stopped, an FCH message is transmitted.When the clock is set to External, both FAH (accompaniment start) and FCH (accompaniment stop) are recognized. *5 Local ON/OFF <Local ON> Bn, 7A, 7F <Local OFF> Bn, 7A, 00 Value for “n” is ignored. EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 79 Effect map MIDI Implementation Chart ■ Effect map * If the received value does not contain an effect type in the TYPE LSB, the LSB will be directed to TYPE 0. * The numbers in parentheses in front of the Effect Type names correspond to the number indicated in the display.. * By using an external sequencer, which is capable of editing and transmitting the system exclusive messages and parameter changes, you can select the Reverb, Chorus and DSP effect types which are not accessible from the EZ-250i panel itself. When one of the effects is selected by the external sequencer, “ - ” will be shown on the display. ● REVERB TYPE MSB 00 000 No Effect 001 (1)Hall1 002 Room 003 Stage 004 Plate 005 – 127 No Effect 01 02 08 TYPE LSB 16 (2)Hall2 (6)Stage1 (8)Plate1 17 18 (3)Hall3 (4)Room1 (7)Stage2 (9)Plate2 19 20 (5)Room2 ● CHORUS TYPE MSB 00 000 – 063 No Effect 064 Thru 065 Chorus 066 Celeste 067 Flanger 068 – 127 No Effect EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 02 08 TYPE LSB 16 17 18 19 20 (2)Chorus2 (3)Flanger1 (1)Chorus1 (4)Flanger2 289 80 01 Specifications Specifications Keyboards • 61 standard-size keys (C1 - C6), with Touch Response. Display • Large multi-function LCD display (backlit) Setup • STANDBY/ON • MASTER VOLUME : MIN - MAX Panel Controls • SONG, STYLE, VOICE, Dict., PC, LESSON L, R, METRONOME, PORTABLE GRAND, DEMO, FUNCTION, TOUCH, DUAL, SPLIT, HARMONY, TEMPO/TAP, [0]-[9], [+](YES), [–](NO) Voice • 108 panel voices + 12 drum kits + 360 XG Lite voices • Polyphony : 32 Style • 100 styles • Style Control : ACMP ON/OFF, SYNC START, START/STOP, INTRO/ENDING/rit., MAIN/AUTO FILL • Fingering : Multi fingering • Style Volume Power Consumption (when using PA-3C power adaptor) • 13W Power Supply • Adaptor : Yamaha PA-3C AC power adaptor • Batteries : Six “D” size, R20P (LR20) or equivalent batteries Dimensions (W x D x H) • 931 x 348.8 x 127.9 mm (36-2/3" x 13-3/4" x 5-1/16") Weight • 5.0 kg (11 lbs.) Supplied Accessories • • • • • Music Rest Owner’s Manual Song Book CD-ROM USB Cable Optional Accessories • • • • Headphones : HPE-150 AC power adaptor : PA-3B/3C Footswitch : FC4, FC5 Keyboard stand : L-2C, L-2L Yamaha Educational Suite • Dictionary • Lesson 1-4 Function • Overall : Transpose, Tuning, Split Point, Touch Sensitivity, Sustain • Volume : Style Volume, Song Volume, Metronome Volume, Metronome Time Signature • Main Voice : Volume, Octave, Reverb Send Level, Chorus Send Level • Dual Voice : Voice, Volume, Octave, Reverb Send Level, Chorus Send Level • Split Voice : Voice, Volume, Octave, Reverb Send Level, Chorus Send Level • Effect/Harmony : Reverb Type, Chorus Type, Harmony Type, Harmony Volume • Utility : Local On/Off, External Clock, Initial Setup Send, Lesson Track R, Lesson Track L, Demo Cancel, Backup Clear * Specifications and descriptions in this owner’s manual are for information purposes only. Yamaha Corp. reserves the right to change or modify products or specifications at any time without prior notice. Since specifications, equipment or options may not be the same in every locale, please check with your Yamaha dealer. Effects • Reverb : 9 types • Chorus : 4 types • Harmony : 26 types Song • 80 Songs • Song Volume MIDI • Local On/Off • Initial Setup Send • External Clock Auxiliary jacks • PHONES/OUTPUT, DC IN 12V, USB, SUSTAIN Amplifier (when using PA-3C power adaptor) • 2.5W + 2.5W Speakers 290 291 • 12cm x 2 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 81 Index Panel controls and terminals +/–............................................... 8, 19 A-B REPEAT.............................. 8, 46 ACMP ON/OFF.......................... 8, 34 DC IN 12V ................................. 9, 10 DEMO ........................................ 9, 14 Dict. ............................................ 8, 42 DUAL ......................................... 9, 25 FF........................................... 9, 46 FUNCTION.......................... 8, 18, 66 HARMONY ............................... 9, 29 INTRO/ENDING/rit................... 9, 34 LESSON ..................................... 8, 50 LIGHT ON/OFF......................... 9, 28 MAIN/AUTO FILL .................... 9, 34 MASTER VOLUME .................. 8, 18 METRONOME .......................... 8, 21 Numeric keypad.......................... 8, 19 OFF....................................................8 ON .....................................................8 PAUSE ................................... 8, 46 PC ............................................... 8, 58 PHONES/OUTPUT.................... 9, 11 PORTABLE GRAND................. 8, 21 REW ...................................... 9, 46 SONG ................................... 8, 45, 49 SPLIT ......................................... 9, 26 STANDBY/ON........................... 8, 11 START/STOP ....................... 8, 34, 46 STYLE........................................ 8, 33 SUSTAIN.................................. 11, 30 SYNC START ............................ 8, 34 TEMPO/TAP ........................ 9, 21, 38 TOUCH ...................................... 9, 27 USB ............................................ 9, 56 VOICE ........................................ 8, 23 Misc. L #000 OTS .........................................25 A-B repreat ......................................47 AC Power adaptor............................10 accessory jacks.................................11 accompaniment sections ..................39 Accompaniment Split Point.............26 Left.................................................. 50 Lesson ............................................. 49 Lesson Track ................................... 51 Level, chorus send........................... 30 Level, reverb send ........................... 29 Light Guide ..................................... 28 LIGHT ON/OFF ............................. 28 Local on/off..................................... 57 B M A Batteries ...........................................10 Beat display .....................................38 C Chord Names ...................................44 Chord Type ......................................44 Chords, About ..................................43 Chords, Fingered..............................40 Chords, Single Finger ......................40 Chorus..............................................30 D DEMO Cancel .................................14 Demo song .......................................14 Dictionary ........................................42 Drum Kit Voice Chart ......................76 Dual Voice........................................25 E Effects ..............................................29 Ending..............................................37 External Clock .................................57 F Fill-in ...............................................39 Fingered chords ...............................40 Flash Memory..................................58 Footswitch........................................11 Function .................................... 18, 66 N Notation........................................... 20 O Octave ............................................. 20 Octave, dual .................................... 25 Octave, main ................................... 23 Octave, split .................................... 26 P PC.................................................... 58 Portable Grand ................................ 21 Q Quick Guide .................................... 12 R GM System Level 1 .........................55 Grade................................................53 Reverb ............................................. 29 Right................................................ 50 Ritardando....................................... 37 Root................................................. 43 H S G Harmony ..........................................29 Headphones......................................11 I Indicator...........................................20 Initial Setup Send.............................57 Intro..................................................36 sections (accompaniment)............... 39 Single Finger chords ....................... 40 Song Volume ................................... 48 songs, playing ................................. 46 songs, selecting ............................... 45 Specifications .................................. 81 Split Point........................................ 26 68 82 Main A/B......................................... 39 Main Voice ...................................... 23 Master Volume ................................ 18 Melody Voice Change ..................... 48 Metronome...................................... 21 MIDI ............................................... 54 MIDI channels ................................ 55 MIDI Implementation Chart ........... 78 MIDI LSB Receive cancel .............. 56 Multi Fingering ............................... 40 Music Rest ...................................... 19 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual Index Split Voice........................................26 Style Volume....................................39 styles, playing ..................................34 styles, selecting................................33 Sustain .............................................30 Sync Start.........................................35 T Tap ...................................................35 Tempo ....................................... 21, 38 Time Signature ................................22 Touch Sensitivity .............................27 Transpose.........................................28 Troubleshooting...............................69 Tuning..............................................28 V Voice List.........................................70 voices, Drum Kit .............................76 voices, selecting and playing ...........23 voices, XG Lite................................71 Volume, dual....................................25 Volume, harmony.............................29 Volume, main...................................23 Volume, Metronome ........................22 Volume, Song ..................................48 Volume, split....................................26 Volume, Style ..................................39 X 69 XG Lite Voice List...........................71 EZ-250i Owner’s Manual 83 Limited Warranty 90 DAYS LABOR 1 YEAR PARTS Yamaha Corporation of America, hereafter referred to as Yamaha, warrants to the original consumer of a product included in the categories listed below, that the product will be free of defects in materials and/or workmanship for the periods indicated. This warranty is applicable to all models included in the following series of products: EZ SERIES OF ELECTRONIC KEYBOARDS If during the first 90 days that immediately follows the purchase date, your new Yamaha product covered by this warranty is found to have a defect in material and/or workmanship, Yamaha and/or its authorized representative will repair such defect without charge for parts or labor. If parts should be required after this 90 day period but within the one year period that immediately follows the purchase date, Yamaha will, subject to the terms of this warranty, supply these parts without charge. However, charges for labor, and/or any miscellaneous expenses incurred are the consumers responsibility. Yamaha reserves the right to utilize reconditioned parts in repairing these products and/or to use reconditioned units as warranty replacements. THIS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY EXPRESS WARRANTY WHICH YAMAHA MAKES IN CONNECTION WITH THESE PRODUCTS. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO THE PRODUCT, INCLUDING THE WARRANTY OF MERCHANT ABILITY IS LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY. YAMAHA EXCLUDES AND SHALL NOT BE LIABLE IN ANY EVENT FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. Some states do not allow limitations that relate to implied warranties and/or the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages. Therefore, these limitations and exclusions may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights. You may also have other rights which vary from state to state. CONSUMERS RESPONSIBILITIES If warranty service should be required, it is necessary that the consumer assume certain responsibilities: 1. Contact the Customer Service Department of the retailer selling the product, or any retail outlet authorized by Yamaha to sell the product for assistance. You may also contact Yamaha directly at the address provided below. 2. Deliver the unit to be serviced under warranty to: the retailer selling the product, an authorized service center, or to Yamaha with an explanation of the problem. Please be prepared to provide proof purchase date (sales receipt, credit card copy, etc.) when requesting service and/or parts under warranty. 3. Shipping and/or insurance costs are the consumers responsibility.* Units shipped for service should be packed securely. *Repaired units will be returned PREPAID if warranty service is required within the first 90 days. IMPORTANT: Do NOT ship anything to ANY location without prior authorization. A Return Authorization (RA) will be issued that has a tracking number assigned that will expedite the servicing of your unit and provide a tracking system if needed. 4. Your owners manual contains important safety and operating instructions. It is your responsibility to be aware of the contents of this manual and to follow all safety precautions. EXCLUSIONS This warranty does not apply to units whose trade name, trademark, and/or ID numbers have been altered, defaced, exchanged removed, or to failures and/or damages that may occur as a result of: 1. Neglect, abuse, abnormal strain, modification or exposure to extremes in temperature or humidity. 2. Improper repair or maintenance by any person who is not a service representative of a retail outlet authorized by Yamaha to sell the product, an authorized service center, or an authorized service representative of Yamaha. 3. This warranty is applicable only to units sold by retailers authorized by Yamaha to sell these products in the U.S.A., the District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico. This warranty is not applicable in other possessions or territories of the U.S.A. or in any other country. Please record the model and serial number of the product you have purchased in the spaces provided below. Model___________________________ Serial #________________________________ Sales Slip #________________________________ Purchased from____________________________________________________________ (Retailer) Date______________________________________ YAMAHA CORPORATION OF AMERICA Electronic Service Division 6600 Orangethorpe Avenue Buena Park, CA 90620 KEEP THIS DOCUMENT FOR YOUR RECORDS. DO NOT MAIL! For details of products, please contact your nearest Yamaha representative or the authorized distributor listed below. Pour plus de détails sur les produits, veuillez-vous adresser à Yamaha ou au distributeur le plus proche de vous figurant dans la liste suivante. NORTH AMERICA CANADA Yamaha Canada Music Ltd. 135 Milner Avenue, Scarborough, Ontario, M1S 3R1, Canada Tel: 416-298-1311 U.S.A. Yamaha Corporation of America 6600 Orangethorpe Ave., Buena Park, Calif. 90620, U.S.A. Tel: 714-522-9011 CENTRAL & SOUTH AMERICA MEXICO Yamaha de Mexico S.A. De C.V., Departamento de ventas Javier Rojo Gomez No.1149, Col. Gpe Del Moral, Deleg. Iztapalapa, 09300 Mexico, D.F. Tel: 686-00-33 BRAZIL Yamaha Musical do Brasil LTDA. Av. Rebouças 2636, São Paulo, Brasil Tel: 011-853-1377 ARGENTINA Yamaha de Panamá S.A. Sucursal de Argentina Viamonte 1145 Piso2-B 1053, Buenos Aires, Argentina Tel: 1-4371-7021 PANAMA AND OTHER LATIN AMERICAN COUNTRIES/ CARIBBEAN COUNTRIES Yamaha de Panamá S.A. Torre Banco General, Piso 7, Urbanización Marbella, Calle 47 y Aquilino de la Guardia, Ciudad de Panamá, Panamá Tel: +507-269-5311 EUROPE THE UNITED KINGDOM Yamaha-Kemble Music (U.K.) Ltd. Sherbourne Drive, Tilbrook, Milton Keynes, MK7 8BL, England Tel: 01908-366700 IRELAND Danfay Ltd. 61D, Sallynoggin Road, Dun Laoghaire, Co. Dublin Tel: 01-2859177 GERMANY Yamaha Music Central Europe GmbH Siemensstraße 22-34, 25462 Rellingen, Germany Tel: 04101-3030 SWITZERLAND/LIECHTENSTEIN Yamaha Music Central Europe GmbH, Branch Switzerland Seefeldstrasse 94, 8008 Zürich, Switzerland Tel: 01-383 3990 AUSTRIA Yamaha Music Central Europe GmbH, Branch Austria Schleiergasse 20, A-1100 Wien, Austria Tel: 01-60203900 THE NETHERLANDS Yamaha Music Central Europe, Branch Nederland Clarissenhof 5-b, 4133 AB Vianen, The Netherlands Tel: 0347-358 040 Die Einzelheiten zu Produkten sind bei Ihrer unten aufgeführten Niederlassung und bei Yamaha Vertragshändlern in den jeweiligen Bestimmungsländern erhältlich. Para detalles sobre productos, contacte su tienda Yamaha más cercana o el distribuidor autorizado que se lista debajo. ASIA FRANCE Yamaha Musique France, S.A. Division Professionnelle BP 70-77312 Marne-la-Vallée Cedex 2, France Tel: 01-64-61-4000 ITALY Yamaha Musica Italia S.P.A. Combo Division Viale Italia 88, 20020 Lainate (Milano), Italy Tel: 02-935-771 SPAIN/PORTUGAL Yamaha-Hazen Música, S.A. Ctra. de la Coruna km. 17, 200, 28230 Las Rozas (Madrid), Spain Tel: 91-639-8888 GREECE Philippos Nakas S.A. The Music House 147 Skiathou Street, 112-55 Athens, Greece Tel: 01-228 2160 SWEDEN Yamaha Scandinavia AB J. A. Wettergrens Gata 1 Box 30053 S-400 43 Göteborg, Sweden Tel: 031 89 34 00 HONG KONG Tom Lee Music Co., Ltd. 11/F., Silvercord Tower 1, 30 Canton Road, Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong Tel: 2737-7688 INDONESIA PT. Yamaha Music Indonesia (Distributor) PT. Nusantik Gedung Yamaha Music Center, Jalan Jend. Gatot Subroto Kav. 4, Jakarta 12930, Indonesia Tel: 21-520-2577 KOREA Yamaha Music Korea Ltd. Tong-Yang Securities Bldg. 16F 23-8 Yoido-dong, Youngdungpo-ku, Seoul, Korea Tel: 02-3770-0661 MALAYSIA Yamaha Music Malaysia, Sdn., Bhd. Lot 8, Jalan Perbandaran, 47301 Kelana Jaya, Petaling Jaya, Selangor, Malaysia Tel: 3-703-0900 PHILIPPINES DENMARK YS Copenhagen Liaison Office Generatorvej 8B DK-2730 Herlev, Denmark Tel: 44 92 49 00 FINLAND F-Musiikki Oy Kluuvikatu 6, P.O. Box 260, SF-00101 Helsinki, Finland Tel: 09 618511 Yupangco Music Corporation 339 Gil J. Puyat Avenue, P.O. Box 885 MCPO, Makati, Metro Manila, Philippines Tel: 819-7551 SINGAPORE Yamaha Music Asia Pte., Ltd. 11 Ubi Road #06-00, Meiban Industrial Building, Singapore Tel: 65-747-4374 TAIWAN NORWAY Norsk filial av Yamaha Scandinavia AB Grini Næringspark 1 N-1345 Østerås, Norway Tel: 67 16 77 70 ICELAND Skifan HF Skeifan 17 P.O. Box 8120 IS-128 Reykjavik, Iceland Tel: 525 5000 Yamaha KHS Music Co., Ltd. 3F, #6, Sec.2, Nan Jing E. Rd. Taipei. Taiwan 104, R.O.C. Tel: 02-2511-8688 THAILAND Siam Music Yamaha Co., Ltd. 121/60-61 RS Tower 17th Floor, Ratchadaphisek RD., Dindaeng, Bangkok 10320, Thailand Tel: 02-641-2951 THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA AND OTHER ASIAN COUNTRIES OTHER EUROPEAN COUNTRIES Yamaha Music Central Europe GmbH Siemensstraße 22-34, 25462 Rellingen, Germany Tel: +49-4101-3030 Yamaha Corporation, Asia-Pacific Music Marketing Group Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650 Tel: +81-53-460-2317 OCEANIA AFRICA Yamaha Corporation, Asia-Pacific Music Marketing Group Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650 Tel: +81-53-460-2312 MIDDLE EAST TURKEY/CYPRUS Yamaha Music Central Europe GmbH Siemensstraße 22-34, 25462 Rellingen, Germany Tel: 04101-3030 OTHER COUNTRIES Yamaha Music Gulf FZE LB21-128 Jebel Ali Freezone P.O.Box 17328, Dubai, U.A.E. Tel: +971-4-881-5868 AUSTRALIA Yamaha Music Australia Pty. Ltd. Level 1, 99 Queensbridge Street, Southbank, Victoria 3006, Australia Tel: 3-9693-5111 NEW ZEALAND Music Houses of N.Z. Ltd. 146/148 Captain Springs Road, Te Papapa, Auckland, New Zealand Tel: 9-634-0099 COUNTRIES AND TRUST TERRITORIES IN PACIFIC OCEAN Yamaha Corporation, Asia-Pacific Music Marketing Group Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650 Tel: +81-53-460-2312 BELGIUM/LUXEMBOURG Yamaha Music Central Europe GmbH, Branch Belgium Rue de Geneve (Genevastraat) 10, 1140 - Brussels, Belgium Tel: 02-726 6032 HEAD OFFICE Yamaha Corporation, Pro Audio & Digital Musical Instrument Division Nakazawa-cho 10-1, Hamamatsu, Japan 430-8650 Tel: +81-53-460-3273 [PK] 27 Yamaha PK CLUB (Portable Keyboard Home Page, English only) http://www.yamahaPKclub.com/ Yamaha Manual Library http://www2.yamaha.co.jp/manual/english/ M.D.G., Pro Audio & Digital Musical Instrument Division, Yamaha Corporation © 2003 Yamaha Corporation WA07130 ???PO???.?-03C0 Printed in China
  • Page 1 1
  • Page 2 2
  • Page 3 3
  • Page 4 4
  • Page 5 5
  • Page 6 6
  • Page 7 7
  • Page 8 8
  • Page 9 9
  • Page 10 10
  • Page 11 11
  • Page 12 12
  • Page 13 13
  • Page 14 14
  • Page 15 15
  • Page 16 16
  • Page 17 17
  • Page 18 18
  • Page 19 19
  • Page 20 20
  • Page 21 21
  • Page 22 22
  • Page 23 23
  • Page 24 24
  • Page 25 25
  • Page 26 26
  • Page 27 27
  • Page 28 28
  • Page 29 29
  • Page 30 30
  • Page 31 31
  • Page 32 32
  • Page 33 33
  • Page 34 34
  • Page 35 35
  • Page 36 36
  • Page 37 37
  • Page 38 38
  • Page 39 39
  • Page 40 40
  • Page 41 41
  • Page 42 42
  • Page 43 43
  • Page 44 44
  • Page 45 45
  • Page 46 46
  • Page 47 47
  • Page 48 48
  • Page 49 49
  • Page 50 50
  • Page 51 51
  • Page 52 52
  • Page 53 53
  • Page 54 54
  • Page 55 55
  • Page 56 56
  • Page 57 57
  • Page 58 58
  • Page 59 59
  • Page 60 60
  • Page 61 61
  • Page 62 62
  • Page 63 63
  • Page 64 64
  • Page 65 65
  • Page 66 66
  • Page 67 67
  • Page 68 68
  • Page 69 69
  • Page 70 70
  • Page 71 71
  • Page 72 72
  • Page 73 73
  • Page 74 74
  • Page 75 75
  • Page 76 76
  • Page 77 77
  • Page 78 78
  • Page 79 79
  • Page 80 80
  • Page 81 81
  • Page 82 82
  • Page 83 83
  • Page 84 84
  • Page 85 85
  • Page 86 86
  • Page 87 87
  • Page 88 88

Yamaha EZ-250i El manual del propietario

Categoría
Instrumentos musicales
Tipo
El manual del propietario